WO2017188199A1 - Film for forming protective coating and composite sheet for forming protective coating - Google Patents

Film for forming protective coating and composite sheet for forming protective coating Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2017188199A1
WO2017188199A1 PCT/JP2017/016257 JP2017016257W WO2017188199A1 WO 2017188199 A1 WO2017188199 A1 WO 2017188199A1 JP 2017016257 W JP2017016257 W JP 2017016257W WO 2017188199 A1 WO2017188199 A1 WO 2017188199A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
protective film
forming
film
meth
sensitive adhesive
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2017/016257
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
裕之 米山
洋一 稲男
力也 小橋
Original Assignee
リンテック株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by リンテック株式会社 filed Critical リンテック株式会社
Priority to JP2018514594A priority Critical patent/JP7170534B2/en
Priority to CN201780023956.5A priority patent/CN109072009A/en
Priority to KR1020187028258A priority patent/KR102399678B1/en
Publication of WO2017188199A1 publication Critical patent/WO2017188199A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D7/00Features of coating compositions, not provided for in group C09D5/00; Processes for incorporating ingredients in coating compositions
    • C09D7/40Additives
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09DCOATING COMPOSITIONS, e.g. PAINTS, VARNISHES OR LACQUERS; FILLING PASTES; CHEMICAL PAINT OR INK REMOVERS; INKS; CORRECTING FLUIDS; WOODSTAINS; PASTES OR SOLIDS FOR COLOURING OR PRINTING; USE OF MATERIALS THEREFOR
    • C09D201/00Coating compositions based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J201/00Adhesives based on unspecified macromolecular compounds
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J7/00Adhesives in the form of films or foils
    • C09J7/20Adhesives in the form of films or foils characterised by their carriers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet.
  • a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been manufactured.
  • a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. For this reason, the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip may be exposed.
  • a resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor chip and may be taken into the semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film.
  • the protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
  • a protective film-forming composite sheet comprising a protective film-forming film for forming a protective film on a support sheet is used.
  • the protective film-forming film can form a protective film by curing.
  • the support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet, and the protective film-forming film and the dicing sheet can be integrated.
  • a composite sheet for forming a protective film for example, a sheet provided with a thermosetting protective film forming film that forms a protective film by being cured by heating has been mainly used so far.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface (the surface opposite to the electrode-forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer with a thermosetting protective film-forming film.
  • the protective film-forming film is cured by heating to form a protective film, and the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film by dicing to form semiconductor chips. Curing and dicing of the protective film-forming film may be performed in the reverse order.
  • thermosetting protective film-forming film since the heat curing of the thermosetting protective film-forming film usually takes a long time of about several hours, shortening of the curing time is desired.
  • a protective film-forming film that can be cured by irradiation with energy rays such as ultraviolet rays has been studied.
  • an energy beam curable protective film (see Patent Document 1) formed on a release film, or an energy beam curable chip protective film that can form a protective film having high hardness and excellent adhesion to a semiconductor chip. Reference 2) is disclosed.
  • FIG. 7A to 7C are schematic cross-sectional views schematically showing a conventional process from dicing a semiconductor wafer to curing and picking up.
  • the semiconductor wafer 18 has a protective film forming composite sheet 10 affixed to the back surface thereof, and then there are two types: a type in which the protective film forming film 13 'is cured after a dicing step and a type in which dicing is performed after curing. is there.
  • the semiconductor wafer 18 is cut into a plurality of semiconductor chips 181, 181,... By the dicing blade 20 by dicing (FIG. 17A). At this time, the side surface of the cut semiconductor chip 181 is exposed, and the protective film forming film 13 attached to the back surface of the semiconductor chip 181 is also cut to expose the cross section.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet that does not cause poor curing even when cured in the presence of oxygen and does not cause pickup failure. .
  • the inventors of the present invention have made extensive studies to solve the above problems.
  • the above-mentioned problem can be obtained by blending a protective film-forming film or a protective-film-forming composite sheet with a photoradical initiator having an absorption coefficient of 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more at a wavelength of 365 nm.
  • the present invention has been completed.
  • the present invention is an energy ray-curable film for forming a protective film, and in the protective film-forming film, light having an extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more. It is a film for protective film formation containing a radical initiator.
  • the photo radical initiator is preferably a hydrogen abstraction type photo radical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule.
  • the photoradical initiator is preferably a photoradical initiator having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule.
  • the present invention may also be a protective film-forming composite sheet comprising the protective film-forming film described above on a support sheet.
  • an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet that do not cause curing failure even when cured in the presence of oxygen and do not cause pickup failure.
  • ⁇ protective film forming film for the protective film forming film present invention relates to a protective film formation film of an energy ray-curable, in the protective film forming film, the absorption coefficient of the wavelength 365nm is 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 It contains a photoradical initiator of ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more.
  • the photo radical initiator according to the present invention may be a hydrogen abstraction type photo radical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule.
  • the photoradical initiator according to the present invention may be a photoradical initiator having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule.
  • the photoradical initiator according to the present invention preferably has an extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or less.
  • the extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of the photoradical initiator is not more than the above value, it is possible to suppress unintentional reaction when used under a fluorescent lamp or natural light, and the composite sheet can be used stably.
  • the protective film-forming film of the invention may have a first release film on at least one surface, and may further have a second release film on the other surface.
  • the film for forming a protective film of the present invention can be provided as a long film wound in a roll shape. FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the protective film-forming film of the present invention.
  • the 1st peeling film 15b, the protective film formation film 13 (23), and the 2nd peeling film 15a are laminated
  • the composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention is provided with an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film on a support sheet, and in the protective film-forming film, the absorption wavelength is 365 nm.
  • a photo radical initiator having a coefficient of 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more is blended.
  • the “protective film-forming film” means a film before curing
  • the “protective film” means a film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film.
  • the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays and becomes a protective film.
  • This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip.
  • the protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached.
  • the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention has antistatic property by making the surface resistance value rate of the film for protective film formation into 10 ⁇ 12 > ohm * cm or less.
  • the semiconductor chip can be prevented from being charged even after the dicing process. As a result, the semiconductor chips are prevented from adhering to the cover tape when shipped in reels and peeled off in the next step. Further, since the semiconductor chip itself is prevented from being charged, it is possible to prevent dust or dirt from adhering to the semiconductor chip due to static electricity.
  • “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams.
  • Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp or the like as an ultraviolet ray source.
  • the electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
  • “energy beam curability” means a property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays.
  • “Non-energy radiation curable” means a property that does not cure even when irradiated with energy rays.
  • the thickness of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip that is the target of use of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not particularly limited. In order to obtain the effects of the present invention more remarkably, the thickness is preferably 30 to 1000 ⁇ m, more preferably 100 to 300 ⁇ m.
  • the configuration of the present invention will be described in detail.
  • the support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers.
  • the constituent materials and thicknesses of the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all the layers may be the same or all the layers are different. It means that only some of the layers may be the same.
  • “a plurality of layers are different from each other” means “at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer is different from each other”.
  • Preferred support sheets include, for example, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is directly contacted and laminated on the substrate, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate via an intermediate layer, and only the substrate. And the like.
  • FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A shown here comprises a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on a base material 11, and a protective film-forming film 13 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A has a protective film-forming film 13 laminated on one surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 13.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11 a of the substrate 11.
  • a protective film forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12 a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • a jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral edge.
  • the release film 15 is laminated on the surface on which the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated and on the surface 16a (upper surface and side face) of the jig adhesive layer 16. ing.
  • the protective film-forming film 13 contains a photoradical initiator having an absorption coefficient of 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more at a wavelength of 365 nm. Further, the adhesive force between the cured protective film-forming film 13 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer 12 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm. Preferably there is.
  • the adhesive layer 16 for jigs may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a plurality of layers in which layers containing an adhesive component are laminated on both surfaces of a core sheet. It may be of a structure.
  • the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the front surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a protective film with the release film 15 removed.
  • the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
  • FIG. 2 is a sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the same components as those shown in the already explained figures are given the same reference numerals as those in the already explained figures, and their detailed explanations are omitted.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> B, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11 a of the substrate 11. A protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12 a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and a release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13 a of the protective film-forming film 13.
  • the composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 has a semiconductor wafer (not shown) formed in a partial region on the center side of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the back side is affixed.
  • region of the peripheral part vicinity of the film 13 for protective film formation is affixed and used for jigs, such as a ring frame.
  • FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> C shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> A shown in FIG. 1, except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> C, the support sheet 10 is made of only the base material 11. Then, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11 (one surface 10a of the support sheet 10). Next, the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral edge. Of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, the release film 15 is laminated on the surface on which the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated and on the surface 16a (upper surface and side face) of the jig adhesive layer 16. ing.
  • the protective film-forming film 13 includes a photoradical initiator having an absorption coefficient of wavelength of 365 nm of 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more. Further, the adhesive force between the cured protective film-forming film 13 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the substrate 11 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm. It is preferable.
  • the protective film forming composite sheet 1C is formed on the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed.
  • the back side of (not shown) is attached.
  • the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
  • FIG. 4 is a sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C shown in FIG. 3 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective film forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> D, the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11 a of the substrate 11. And the peeling film 15 is laminated
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1D shown in FIG. 4 is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 2, with the release film 15 removed, of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13,
  • the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to a partial area on the center side. Furthermore, the area
  • FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1 except that the shape of the protective film-forming film is different. That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> E includes the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 23 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> E has a configuration in which the protective film-forming film 23 is laminated on one surface 10 a of the support sheet 10.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 ⁇ / b> E further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 23.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a part of the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, that is, a protective film-forming film is formed in the central region. 23 are stacked. And the peeling film 15 is laminated
  • the protective film-forming film 23 When the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above and viewed in plan, the protective film-forming film 23 has a smaller surface area than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and has a circular shape or the like, for example.
  • the protective film-forming film 23 includes a photoradical initiator having an absorption coefficient of wavelength of 365 nm of 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film 23 after curing (ie, the protective film) and the support sheet 10 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm. Preferably there is.
  • the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the front surface 23a of the protective film-forming film 23 with the release film 15 removed. Further, the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on which the protective film forming film 23 is not laminated is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
  • the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is the same as that shown in FIGS. 1 and 3 on the surface on which the protective film-forming film 13 is not laminated.
  • An adhesive layer for jigs may be laminated (not shown).
  • the protective film forming composite sheet 1E provided with such a jig adhesive layer has a jig frame having a ring frame or the like, similar to the protective film forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. Affixed to the jig and used.
  • the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention may have any form of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film, or may be provided with an adhesive layer for jigs.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention having a jig adhesive layer has a jig adhesive layer on the protective film-forming film. Are preferred.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS.
  • a part of the structure shown in FIGS. 1 to 5 is changed or deleted, or another structure is added to what has been described so far. Also good.
  • an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 13. Any intermediate layer can be selected according to the purpose.
  • an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating a base material, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive layer in this order.
  • the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer that may be provided in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS.
  • layers other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary location.
  • a gap may be partially formed between the release film and the layer that is in direct contact with the release film.
  • the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
  • a layer such as an adhesive layer that is in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is preferably non-energy ray curable.
  • Such a composite sheet for forming a protective film can more easily pick up a semiconductor chip having a protective film on the back surface.
  • the support sheet may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose. Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the support sheet is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is further improved.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited, but may be 95%, for example.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
  • the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more.
  • the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
  • the base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and examples of the constituent material include various resins.
  • the resin include the following. Polyethylene such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), high density polyethylene (HDPE), etc .; polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate Polymers, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymers, ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-norbornene copolymers (copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer) Polymer); vinyl chloride resin such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (resin obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene terephthalate
  • polymer alloys such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin
  • the polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
  • the resin include a crosslinked resin in which one or more of the resins exemplified so far are crosslinked; modification of an ionomer or the like using one or more of the resins exemplified so far. Resins can also be mentioned.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
  • the resin constituting the substrate may be only one kind, or two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other.
  • the combination of layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 ⁇ m, more preferably 60 to 100 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness of the substrate means the thickness of the entire substrate.
  • the thickness of the substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate. means.
  • the base material is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part.
  • materials that can be used to construct a base material having such a high thickness accuracy include the following.
  • the base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent material such as the resin. May be.
  • the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
  • the film for protective film formation has energy-beam sclerosis
  • the substrate is subjected to a roughening treatment such as sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment.
  • the surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone / ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
  • the base material may have a surface subjected to primer treatment.
  • the base material prevents the base material from adhering to other sheets or the base material from adhering to the adsorption table when the antistatic coating layer and the protective film-forming composite sheet are stored in an overlapping manner. It may have a layer or the like.
  • the substrate preferably has a surface subjected to electron beam irradiation treatment from the viewpoint that generation of fragments of the substrate due to blade friction during dicing is suppressed.
  • the base material can be manufactured by a known method.
  • a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the resin.
  • the said adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and contains an adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive include the following. Examples thereof include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and acrylic resins are preferred.
  • the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin.
  • the resin itself has adhesiveness, but also includes a resin that exhibits adhesiveness in combination with other components such as additives, and a resin that exhibits adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m, more preferably 1 to 60 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 ⁇ m.
  • the “thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer only need to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose. In the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive.
  • an adhesive layer can be formed in the target site
  • a more specific method for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers.
  • the ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • “normal temperature” means a temperature at which cooling or heating is not performed, that is, a normal temperature. For example, a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C. can be mentioned.
  • Application of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be performed by a known method.
  • Examples thereof include methods using various coaters such as an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, Meyer bar coater, and kiss coater.
  • the drying conditions for the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably heat-dried when it contains a solvent described later. In this case, for example, drying is preferably performed at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • examples of the pressure sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray curable pressure sensitive adhesive include the following.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a)”) and an energy beam-curable compound Composition (I-1); energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter referred to as “ A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a); and the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • Examples thereof include a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
  • the acrylic resin the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
  • the acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group is preferably linear or branched. More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-o
  • the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
  • the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the functional group-containing monomer for example, the functional group reacts with a cross-linking agent described later to become a starting point of cross-linking, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound described later. And those that allow introduction of an unsaturated group into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.
  • Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group. That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include the following. For example, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic unsaturated alcohols such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol ((meth) acryloyl) And unsaturated alcohol having no skeleton).
  • carboxy group-containing monomer examples include the following.
  • ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid and citraconic acid
  • acids dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond
  • anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (meth) acrylic acid carboxyalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate and the like.
  • the functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • the functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 32% by mass with respect to the total amount of the structural unit. It is particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
  • the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
  • the other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
  • Examples of the other monomer include styrene, ⁇ -methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
  • the other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray-polymerizable group). It can be used as the resin (I-2a).
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
  • Examples of the energy ray curable compounds include the following.
  • trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6 -Polyvalent (meth) acrylates such as hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
  • the energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer from the viewpoint that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly lowered.
  • the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and 10 to 85% by mass. % Is particularly preferred.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
  • the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
  • the following are mentioned as a crosslinking agent.
  • tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (cross-linking having a glycidyl group) Agent); aziridine-based crosslinking agent (cross-linking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; metal chelate-based crosslinking agent such as aluminum chelate (cross-linking having a metal chelate structure) Agent); isocyanurate-based crosslinking agent (crosslinking agent
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with a curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
  • photopolymerization initiator examples include the following.
  • benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl Acetophenone compounds such as propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6- Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfide compounds such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; 1-hydroxycyclo ⁇ -ketol compounds such as xylphenyl ketone;
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound.
  • the amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers.
  • known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).
  • the reaction retarding agent means, for example, an undesired crosslinking reaction in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses progress.
  • the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst. More specifically, one having two or more carbonyl groups (—C ( ⁇ O) —) in one molecule can be mentioned.
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
  • the solvent is preferably an organic solvent.
  • organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and n-hexane; toluene and xylene. Aromatic hydrocarbons; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
  • the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
  • the adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • the unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
  • a compound having a group examples include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (ethenyl group), allyl group (2-propenyl group) and the like, and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
  • Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass.
  • the content is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
  • an adhesive composition ( I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by weight.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). .
  • the amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass. It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays. Furthermore, the same thing as the energy-beam curable compound which adhesive composition (I-1) contains is mentioned.
  • the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferable.
  • the amount is more preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
  • Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to about 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound. It is preferably 20 parts by mass. The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
  • Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
  • Examples of the non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition include the following. For example, it contains non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) such as acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc.
  • An adhesive composition (I-4) can be mentioned. Among these, those containing an acrylic resin are preferable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contain one or more kinds of crosslinking agents.
  • the content can be the same as in the case of the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) and the like.
  • Adhesive resin (I-1a) examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass. It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
  • Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
  • Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
  • the solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably non-energy ray curable. This is because when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray curable, it is sometimes impossible to suppress the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from being simultaneously cured when the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays. If the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured at the same time as the protective film-forming film, the cured protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may stick to the interface so as not to be peeled off.
  • a cured protective film-forming film that is, a semiconductor chip provided with a protective film on the back surface (in this specification, sometimes referred to as “semiconductor chip with protective film”) is cured adhesive layer. It becomes difficult to make it peel from the support sheet provided with. As a result, the semiconductor chip with a protective film cannot be picked up normally.
  • the effect when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable has been described.
  • the layer in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is a layer other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the same effect can be obtained as long as this layer is non-energy ray curable.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive, if necessary.
  • the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
  • a solvent When using a solvent, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance. Moreover, you may use by mixing a solvent with these compounding components, without diluting any compounding components other than a solvent previously.
  • the method of mixing each component at the time of mixing is not particularly limited.
  • the method may be appropriately selected from known methods such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves.
  • the temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is preferably 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm. More preferably, it is 52 to 1450 mN / 25 mm, and further preferably 53 to 1430 mN / 25 mm.
  • the adhesive force is greater than or equal to the lower limit, pickup of a semiconductor chip with a protective film that is not the purpose is suppressed during pickup of the semiconductor chip with a protective film. As a result, the target semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up with high selectivity.
  • the adhesive force is equal to or less than the upper limit value, cracking and chipping of the semiconductor chip are suppressed when the semiconductor chip with a protective film is picked up.
  • the adhesive force is within a specific range, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has good pickup suitability.
  • the laminated structure of the cured product of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) is maintained.
  • this laminate structure is referred to as a “composite sheet for forming a protective film”.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet can be measured by the following method. That is, a protective film-forming composite sheet having a width of 25 mm and an arbitrary length is attached to an adherend by the protective film-forming film. Next, the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiating energy rays to form a protective film. Thereafter, the support sheet is peeled off at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from this protective film adhered to the adherend. At this time, the support sheet is peeled in the length direction (the length direction of the composite sheet for forming the protective film) so that the surfaces of the protective film and the support sheet that are in contact with each other form an angle of 180 °. The so-called 180 ° peeling is performed. And the load (peeling force) at the time of this 180 degree
  • the length of the protective film-forming composite sheet used for measurement is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force can be stably detected. It is preferably 100 to 300 mm. In the measurement, it is preferable that the protective sheet-forming composite sheet is stuck on the adherend and the sticking state of the protective film-forming composite sheet is stabilized.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not particularly limited.
  • it may be 80 mN / 25 mm or more, but is preferably 100 mN / 25 mm or more. It is more preferably 150 mN / 25 mm or more, and particularly preferably 200 mN / 25 mm or more.
  • peeling between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is suppressed during dicing. As a result, for example, scattering from the support sheet of the semiconductor chip provided with the protective film forming film on the back surface is suppressed.
  • the upper limit of the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not particularly limited.
  • it can be any of 4000 mN / 25 mm, 3500 mN / 25 mm, 3000 mN / 25 mm, and the like. However, these are examples.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is between the protective film and the support sheet, except that the protective film-forming film used for measurement is not cured by irradiation with energy rays. It can be measured by the same method as adhesive strength.
  • the above-mentioned adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet and the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be appropriately adjusted.
  • it can be adjusted by adjusting the type and amount of the components contained in the protective film-forming film, the constituent material of the layer on the support sheet where the protective film-forming film is provided, the surface state of this layer, and the like.
  • the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming composition described below. And among the components of the composition for forming a protective film, for example, the type and content of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, the content of the filler (d), or the crosslinking agent (f) By adjusting the content of, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be adjusted more easily.
  • the constituent material can be adjusted as appropriate by adjusting the type and amount of components contained in the adhesive layer. .
  • the kind and quantity of the component of an adhesive layer can be adjusted with the kind and quantity of the component of an above-mentioned adhesive composition.
  • the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not limited to the constituent material of the base material.
  • the surface condition of the substrate can also be adjusted.
  • the surface state of a base material can be adjusted by performing the following processes.
  • the surface treatment mentioned above for improving the adhesion to other layers of the substrate that is, roughening treatment by sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, etc .; corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone -Oxidation treatment such as ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, etc .;
  • the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability.
  • energy ray curability For example, what contains an energy-beam curable component (a) and a photoradical initiator (c ') is mentioned.
  • the energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
  • the protective film-forming film may be a single layer (single layer) or a plurality of layers of two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 ⁇ m. It is more preferably 5 to 75 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 ⁇ m. When the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or more than the lower limit value, a protective film having higher protective ability can be formed. Moreover, when the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit, an excessive thickness is suppressed.
  • the “thickness of the protective film-forming film” means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film.
  • the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the protective film-forming film.
  • the curing conditions for forming the protective film by curing the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited as long as the degree of curing is such that the protective film sufficiently exhibits its function. What is necessary is just to select suitably according to the kind of film for protective film formation.
  • the illuminance of the energy rays when the protective film-forming film is cured is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 .
  • the amount of energy rays during the curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
  • the protective film-forming film can be formed using a protective film-forming composition containing the constituent materials.
  • the protective film-forming film can be formed at the target site by applying the protective film-forming composition to the surface on which the protective film-forming film is to be formed and drying it as necessary.
  • the content ratio of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the film for forming a protective film.
  • “normal temperature” is as described above.
  • Coating of the protective film forming composition may be performed by a known method.
  • examples thereof include methods using various coaters such as an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, Meyer bar coater, and kiss coater.
  • the drying conditions of the protective film forming composition are not particularly limited.
  • the composition for forming a protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferably dried by heating. In this case, for example, it is preferably dried at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
  • composition for forming protective film (IV-1) examples include the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the photo radical initiator (c ′).
  • the energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component for imparting film-forming property, flexibility, and the like to the protective film-forming film.
  • Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2000000, and an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000.
  • a compound (a2) is mentioned.
  • the polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
  • the weight average molecular weight means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
  • Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 examples include the following.
  • an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound, a group that reacts with the functional group, and an energy ray curable group such as an energy ray curable double bond An acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by polymerizing the energy beam curable compound (a12).
  • Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom). Group), an epoxy group, and the like.
  • the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
  • the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group examples include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to monomers, monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers) may be copolymerized.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
  • acrylic monomer having a functional group examples include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a substituted amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
  • hydroxyl group-containing monomer examples include the following. For example, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic unsaturated alcohols such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol ((meth) acryloyl) And unsaturated alcohol having no skeleton).
  • carboxy group-containing monomer examples include the following.
  • ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid and citraconic acid
  • acids dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond
  • anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids (meth) acrylic acid carboxyalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate and the like.
  • the acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
  • the acrylic monomer having the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • acrylic monomer having no functional group examples include the following. For example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) Sec-butyl acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Isooctyl acid, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth
  • (meth) acrylic acid ester containing alkoxyalkyl groups such as methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate;
  • (meth) acrylic acid N, N-dimethylamino Examples also include (meth) acrylic acid esters having a non-crosslinkable tertiary amino group such as ethyl and N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the acrylic monomer which does not have the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • non-acrylic monomer examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
  • the said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer is 0.1 to 50 mass. % Is preferred.
  • the content is more preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
  • the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) The content of the linear curable group can easily adjust the degree of curing of the first protective film within a preferable range.
  • the acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably 1 to 40% by mass.
  • the content is more preferably 2 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 20% by mass.
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) is one or two selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group and a carboxy group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11). Those having the above are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the energy beam curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 energy ray curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably 1 to 3 energy ray curable groups.
  • Examples of the energy ray curable compound (a12) include the following.
  • Examples thereof include an acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the energy beam curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
  • the energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the ratio is preferably 20 to 120 mol%. More preferably, it is 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%. When the ratio of the content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the protective film formed by curing is further increased.
  • the said energy-beam curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional (it has 1 said group in 1 molecule) compound, the upper limit of the ratio of the said content will be 100 mol%.
  • the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%. is there.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1500,000.
  • the polymer (a1) is at least partly crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f)
  • the polymer (a1) is described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11).
  • a monomer that does not correspond to any of the above-described monomers and has a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f) is polymerized to be crosslinked at the group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f). .
  • crosslinked in the group which reacts with the said functional group derived from the said energy-beam curable compound (a12) may be used.
  • the polymer (a1) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 examples include groups containing an energy beam curable double bond. Preferable examples include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group and the like.
  • the compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions.
  • Examples thereof include a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group, and a phenol resin having an energy ray curable group.
  • examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and an acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
  • examples of the acrylate compound include the following.
  • the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group are described in, for example, paragraph 0043 of “JP 2013-194102 A”. Things can be used.
  • Such a resin corresponds to a resin constituting the thermosetting component (h) described later, but is treated as the compound (a2) in the present invention.
  • the compound (a2) preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.
  • the compound (a2) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film contain the compound (a2) as the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer further does not have an energy ray curable group. It is also preferable to contain (b).
  • the polymer (b) may be at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) or may not be crosslinked.
  • polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group examples include the following. Examples include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, acrylic urethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resins, and polyester urethane resins. Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
  • the acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one and includes the following.
  • a homopolymer of one kind of acrylic monomer may be used, a copolymer of two or more kinds of acrylic monomers may be used, one kind or two or more kinds of acrylic monomers, and 1 It may be a copolymer with a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than seeds or two or more acrylic monomers.
  • acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) examples include the following.
  • the “substituted amino group” is as described above.
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include the following. For example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) Sec-butyl acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Isooctyl acid, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, unde
  • Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include the following.
  • (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate
  • (Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl
  • (Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester
  • Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester include glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include the following. For example, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, Examples include 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) examples include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
  • the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is a crosslinking agent (f ).
  • the reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound
  • examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group. Is preferred.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound
  • examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amide group, etc. Among them, a carboxy group having high reactivity with an epoxy group. Groups are preferred.
  • the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
  • Examples of the polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and not having the energy ray-curable group include those obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer having the reactive functional group.
  • examples of the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group include those obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester.
  • the acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer mentioned above was obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms were substituted with the reactive functional group. Things.
  • the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is 1 to 25. It is preferable that it is mass%. It is more preferably 2 to 20% by mass. When the ratio is within such a range, the degree of cross-linking becomes a more preferable range in the polymer (b).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is 10,000 to 2,000,000 from the viewpoint that the film-forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) becomes better. It is preferable. More preferably, it is 100,000 to 1500,000.
  • the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Examples of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) include those containing one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2).
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it preferably further contains a polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. In this case, it is also preferable to further contain (a1).
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the compound (a2) and contains both the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. It may be.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group
  • the protective film-forming composition In (IV-1) the content of the compound (a2) is 10 to 10 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
  • the amount is preferably 400 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.
  • the total content of the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent is 5 to 90% by mass.
  • the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group in the protective film-forming film is 5 to 90% by mass.
  • It is more preferably 10 to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 15 to 70% by mass.
  • the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group
  • the protective film forming composition (IV-1) ) And the protective film-forming film the content of the polymer (b) is preferably 3 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable component (a). It is more preferably 6 to 130 parts by mass.
  • the content of the polymer (b) is in such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) comprises a photopolymerization initiator (c) depending on the purpose. , A filler (d), a coupling agent (e), a crosslinking agent (f), a colorant (g), a thermosetting component (h), and a general-purpose additive (z). Or you may contain 2 or more types.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h) the protective film-forming film formed is heated. Adhesive strength to the adherend is improved. Furthermore, the strength of the protective film formed from this protective film-forming film is also improved.
  • the photo radical initiator used in the composition for forming a protective film of the present invention has an extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more (in this specification, “photo radical initiation” Agent (c ′) ”).
  • the photo-radical initiator (c ′) is not particularly limited as long as it has an extinction coefficient of 365 nm and a wavelength of 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more. Examples of the photo radical initiator (c ′) include the following.
  • ⁇ -hydroxy ketone compounds for example, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin butyl ether, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone, etc.
  • phenyl ketone derivatives for example, acetophenone, propiophenone, benzophenone, 3-methyl
  • the photo radical initiator (c ′) is preferably one having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule.
  • Examples of the photoradical initiator (c ′) having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule include the following.
  • 2-hydroxy-1- [4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] phenyl-2-methyl-propan-1-one (trade name: 369IRGACURE127, manufactured by BASF Japan)
  • 1 -[4- (4-Benzoxylphenylsulfanyl) phenyl] -2-methyl-2- (4-methylphenylsulfonyl) propan-1-one (trade name ESURE1001M), methylbenzoyl formate (trade name SPEDCURE MBF) LAMBSON), O-ethoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one (trade name: SPEEDCURE PDO, manufactured by LAMBSON), oligo [2-hydroxy-2-methyl- [4- (1-
  • the photoradical initiator (c ′) is preferably a hydrogen abstraction type photoradical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule.
  • the hydrogen abstraction type radical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule include the following.
  • 1- [4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzoyloxime)] 1,2-octanedione (trade name IRGACURE OXE 01, manufactured by BASF Japan)
  • 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2- Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] -1- (0-acetyloxime) ethanone (trade name IRGACURE OXE 02, manufactured by BASF Japan)
  • 4-benzoyl-4'methyldiphenyl sulfide 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4 , 4 ′, 4 ′′-(hexamethyltriamino) triphenylmethane and the like.
  • 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide (trade name DAROCUR TPO, manufactured by BASF Japan), bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine, which is characterized by improved deep curability
  • examples thereof include acyl phosphine oxide photo radical initiators such as oxide (trade name: IRGACURE 819, manufactured by BASF Japan) and bis (2,6-dimethylbenzoyl) -2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide.
  • the photo radical initiator (c ′) is more preferably the following from the viewpoint of the balance between curability and storage stability of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1).
  • 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (trade name: IRGACURE184, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one (trade name: DAROCUR1173, manufactured by BASF Japan), bis (4- Dimethylaminophenyl) ketone, 2-hydroxy-1- [4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] phenyl] -2-methyl-propan-1-one (trade names IRGACURE127, BASF Made in Japan), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (trade name IRGACURE369, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2- (4-methylbenzyl) -2-dimethylamino- 1- (4-Morpholin-4-yl
  • the extinction coefficient of the photo radical initiator (c ′) at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 4.0 ⁇ 10 1 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more. It is more preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 2 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more, and further preferably 1.0 ⁇ 10 3 ml / (g ⁇ cm) or more.
  • the upper limit value of the extinction coefficient of the photo radical initiator (c ′) at a wavelength of 365 nm is not particularly limited. For example, it can be 1.0 ⁇ 10 4 ml / (g ⁇ cm).
  • the photoradical initiator (c ′) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the photo radical initiator (c ′) may be used in combination with other compounds.
  • combinations with other compounds include the following. 4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, diethanolmethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl-4-dimethyl
  • an amine such as aminobenzoate
  • a combination with an iodonium salt such as diphenyliodonium chloride
  • a combination with a dye such as methylene blue and an amine, and the like.
  • the photo radical initiator (c ′) may be hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, benzoquinone, paratertiary butylcatechol, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl, N, N-diethylhydroxylamine, if necessary.
  • N, N-distearylhydroxylamine, N, N-dialkylhydroxylamine and the like may be used in combination with a photopolymerization initiator other than the photoradical initiator (c ′).
  • the photopolymerization initiator contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the photoradical initiator (c ′) is 0.01 to 20 masses with respect to 100 mass parts of the energy ray-curable compound (a). Part. The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
  • the content of the photo radical initiator (c ′) is not more than the above upper limit value, it is possible to suppress unintentional reaction when used under a fluorescent lamp or natural light, and the composite sheet can be used stably. The effect that it can be obtained.
  • the content of the photo radical initiator (c ′) is equal to or more than the lower limit, an effect that the reaction shortage can be suppressed is obtained.
  • the protective film-forming film contains the filler (d)
  • the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient.
  • the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming the protective film is further improved by optimizing the thermal expansion coefficient for the object to be formed with the protective film.
  • the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d).
  • the filler (d) include those made of a heat conductive material.
  • the filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
  • Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
  • the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
  • the average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the thickness is more preferably 0.1 to 15 ⁇ m, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 ⁇ m.
  • average particle size means the value of the particle size (D50) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve obtained by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified.
  • the filler (d) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, for forming the protective film) is preferably 5 to 83% by mass. It is more preferably 7 to 78% by mass. When the content of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adjustment of the thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier.
  • Coupleling agent (e) By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film has improved water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
  • the coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the energy beam curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, and the like. More preferably, it is a silane coupling agent. Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include the following.
  • the coupling agent (e) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film includes the energy ray curable component (a) and the energy.
  • the amount is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (b) having no linear curable group.
  • the amount is more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass.
  • Crosslinking agent (f) By using the crosslinking agent (F) and crosslinking the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable component (a) or energy beam curable group, the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the protective film-forming film. Can be adjusted.
  • crosslinking agent (f) examples include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group), and the like. Is mentioned.
  • organic polyvalent isocyanate compound examples include the following.
  • aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound examples include trimers such as aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, isocyanurates and adducts; and terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds and the like with polyol compounds.
  • the “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, or the alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and a low amount of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, castor oil, or the like. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound, and examples thereof include an xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later.
  • the “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule.
  • organic polyvalent isocyanate compound for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
  • a polyol such as propane.
  • organic polyvalent imine compound examples include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane.
  • -Tri- ⁇ -aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the energy ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
  • the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group, and the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking agent (f) and the energy ray-curable property.
  • a cross-linked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film-forming film by reaction with the component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
  • the protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film may contain only one type of crosslinking agent (f), or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the crosslinking agent (f) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is such that the energy ray-curable component (a) and the energy ray-curable group having no energy ray-curable group are contained.
  • the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass as the total content of the combined (b).
  • the amount is more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
  • Colorant (g) examples include known pigments such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.
  • organic pigment and organic dye examples include the following.
  • the inorganic pigment examples include carbon black, cobalt dye, iron dye, chromium dye, titanium dye, vanadium dye, zirconium dye, molybdenum dye, ruthenium dye, platinum dye, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes, and the like.
  • the colorant (g) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose.
  • the protective film may be printed by laser irradiation, and by adjusting the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, the print visibility is improved. Can be adjusted.
  • the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the colorant (g )) Is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass.
  • the content is more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass.
  • the effect by using a colorant (g) is acquired more notably because the content of the colorant (g) is not less than the lower limit. Moreover, the excessive use of a coloring agent (g) is suppressed because the said content of a coloring agent (g) is below the said upper limit.
  • thermosetting component (h) The thermosetting component (h) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • thermosetting component (h) examples include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
  • the epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2).
  • the epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • Epoxy resin (h1) As an epoxy resin (h1), a well-known thing is mentioned. For example, polyfunctional epoxy resin, biphenyl compound, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenated product, orthocresol novolac epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy Bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds such as resins and phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins are exemplified.
  • an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used as the epoxy resin (h1).
  • An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
  • Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
  • an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple
  • An unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group. Specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) acrylamide group and the like, and acryloyl group is preferable.
  • the number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of the curability of the protective film-forming film and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film, it is preferably 300 to 30000. It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
  • the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
  • epoxy resin (h1) one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
  • a thermosetting agent (h2) the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example.
  • the functional group include phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxy groups, and groups in which acid groups have been anhydrideized.
  • a phenolic hydroxyl group, amino group, or acid group is preferably an anhydride group, and more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or amino group.
  • thermosetting agents (h2) examples of the phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resins, and aralkyl phenol resins.
  • examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
  • the thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
  • the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group for example, a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic ring of the phenol resin, Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
  • the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) In the case where a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (h2), it is preferable that the thermosetting agent (h2) has a high softening point or glass transition temperature from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet. .
  • thermosetting agents (h2) the number average molecular weight of a resin component such as a polyfunctional phenol resin, a novolak-type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene phenol resin, or an aralkyl phenol resin is preferably 300 to 30,000, and more preferably 400 to 10,000. 500 to 3000 is particularly preferable.
  • the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
  • thermosetting agent (h2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is 100% of the epoxy resin (h1).
  • the amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to parts by mass.
  • thermosetting component (h) when used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, the epoxy resin (h1) and the heat in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film)
  • the total content of the curing agent (h2) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
  • the general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferable examples include plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, gettering agents and the like.
  • the general-purpose additive (z) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the content of the general-purpose additive (z) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited and is appropriately selected according to the purpose. do it.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent.
  • the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
  • the said solvent is not specifically limited, The following are mentioned as a preferable thing.
  • hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene
  • alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol) and 1-butanol
  • esters such as ethyl acetate
  • ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran
  • amides such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone (compounds having an amide bond), and the like.
  • the solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
  • the solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate, or the like from the viewpoint that the components contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) can be mixed more uniformly. It is preferable.
  • the composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
  • the order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
  • a solvent it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance.
  • the method of mixing each component at the time of mixing is not particularly limited.
  • the temperature and time during addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate.
  • the temperature may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is affixed to the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, and as a composite sheet provided with a layer showing adhesion on the support sheet.
  • a dicing die bonding sheet There is a dicing die bonding sheet.
  • the adhesive layer provided in the dicing die bonding sheet functions as an adhesive when the semiconductor chip is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip and then attached to the substrate, the lead frame, or another semiconductor chip.
  • the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is the same as the adhesive layer in that it is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip, but eventually becomes a protective film by curing, It has a function of protecting the back surface of the semiconductor chip that is affixed.
  • the protective film-forming film in the present invention has a different use from the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet, and naturally the required performance is also different. Reflecting this difference in use, the protective film-forming film is usually harder and more difficult to pick up than the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present invention is extremely excellent as compared with the conventional one with regard to the suitability for picking up a semiconductor chip with a protective film, provided with an energy ray curable protective film-forming film.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be produced by sequentially laminating the above-mentioned layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship.
  • the method for forming each layer is as described above.
  • the above-described pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied on the substrate and dried as necessary.
  • the protective film-forming composition is applied on the adhesive layer, It is possible to form the forming film directly.
  • Layers other than the protective film-forming film can also be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer.
  • the composition is further applied onto the layer formed from the composition to newly form a layer. Can be formed.
  • the layer laminated after these two layers is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer that is in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surfaces of the remaining layers already formed.
  • the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film.
  • the release film may be removed as necessary after forming the laminated structure.
  • a protective film-forming composite sheet in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a base material and a protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer)
  • a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is coated on a base material and dried as necessary, whereby a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the base material
  • the protective film-forming composition is coated on the release film, and dried as necessary to form the protective film-forming film on the release film.
  • the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, and the protective film-forming film is laminated on the adhesive layer, thereby forming a protective film.
  • a composite sheet is obtained.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the release film.
  • the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film by drying as necessary, and the exposed surface of this layer is bonded to one surface of the base material so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is placed on the base material. You may laminate. In any method, the release film may be removed at an arbitrary timing after the target laminated structure is formed.
  • any layer other than the base material constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be laminated by a method in which the layer is formed in advance on the release film and bonded to the surface of the target layer. Therefore, a protective film-forming composite sheet may be produced by appropriately selecting a layer that employs such a process as necessary.
  • the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in a state in which a release film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, a film for forming a protective film) opposite to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a protective film-forming composition, is applied on this release film (preferably its release-treated surface) and dried as necessary. Then, a layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the release film, and the remaining layers are laminated on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film by any of the methods described above. And the composite sheet for protective film formation is obtained also by leaving it in the state bonded together, without removing a peeling film.
  • a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer such as a protective film-forming composition
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be used, for example, by the method described below. That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film. Next, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film forming film by dicing to form a semiconductor chip with the protective film forming film. Next, the protective film forming film of the semiconductor chip with the protective film forming film is irradiated with energy rays to cure the protective film forming film to form a protective film. Then, the semiconductor chip is picked up while being separated from the support sheet while the protective film is attached (that is, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film). Thereafter, the semiconductor chip of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then the semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
  • FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a protective film forming film according to an embodiment of the protective film forming sheet of the present invention.
  • the protective film forming sheet 1 ⁇ / b> F according to the present embodiment is suitable for a “roll type”.
  • the protective film-forming sheet 1F is provided between the release film 15a (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “first release film”) and the release film 15b (hereinafter also referred to as “second release film”). It has a structure in which the protective film-forming composition is applied in layers so that the protective film-forming film 13 is disposed.
  • the protective film forming composition used for the protective film forming sheet 1F is in accordance with the above-described protective film forming composition.
  • the protective film forming sheet 1F is formed by, for example, coating the protective film forming composition on the release surface of the first release film 15a and drying to form the protective film forming film 13, and then It can form by sticking the peeling surface of the 2nd peeling film 15b to an exposed surface.
  • the method for applying the protective film forming composition is in accordance with the method for applying the protective film forming composition.
  • the protective film-forming film of the present invention can be used, for example, by the method described below. That is, a protective film-forming film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode forming surface). Next, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film forming film by dicing to form a semiconductor chip with the protective film forming film. Next, the protective film forming film of the semiconductor chip with the protective film forming film is irradiated with energy rays to cure the protective film forming film to form a protective film. Then, the semiconductor chip is picked up while being separated from the support sheet while the protective film is attached (that is, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film). Thereafter, the semiconductor chip of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then the semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
  • Energy ray curable component (a2) -1 Tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate (“KAYARAD R-684”, bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • Acrylic resin weight average molecular weight 300000, glass transition temperature ⁇ 1 ° C.
  • Photoradical initiator (c ′)-1 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone (“Irgacure® 369” manufactured by BASF, wavelength 365 nm) Extinction coefficient of 7.9 ⁇ 10 3 )
  • C ′)-2 Etanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (“Irgacure ( (Registered trademark) OXE02 ", extinction coefficient of wavelength 365 nm: 7.7 ⁇ 10 3 )
  • C ′)-3 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)] 1,2-octanedione) (“Irgacure® OXE01” manufactured by BASF, light absorption at 365 nm wavelength) Coefficient: 7.0 ⁇ 10 3 )
  • Colorant (g) -1 32 parts by mass of phthalocyanine blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15: 3), 18 parts by mass of isoindolinone yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and anthraquinone red pigment (Pigment Red 177)
  • a pigment obtained by mixing 50 parts by mass and pigmenting the mixture so that the total amount of the three kinds of dyes / the amount of styrene acrylic resin 1/3 (mass ratio).
  • (Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4)) Contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent (“Takenate D110N” manufactured by Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (10.7 parts by mass, solid content), and further as a solvent
  • a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing methyl ethyl ketone and having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared.
  • the acrylic polymer is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “2EHA”) (36 parts by mass), BA (59 parts by mass), and HEA (5 parts by mass).
  • the weight average molecular weight is 600,000.
  • a polypropylene film (Young's modulus: 400 MPa, thickness: 80 ⁇ m, hereinafter sometimes referred to as “S1”) is bonded to the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as a base material, thereby one surface of the base material.
  • a support sheet (10) -1 having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer thereon was obtained.
  • a protective film-forming composition obtained as described above is formed on the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Corporation, thickness 38 ⁇ m, P1) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment.
  • (IV-1) was applied with a knife coater and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to prepare an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (13) -1 having a thickness of 25 ⁇ m.
  • the release film is removed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the support sheet (10) -1 obtained above, and the protective film-forming film (13) -1 obtained above is exposed on the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
  • the surfaces were bonded together to prepare a composite sheet for forming a protective film, in which a base material, an adhesive layer, a protective film-forming film (13) -1 and a release film were laminated in this order in the thickness direction.
  • Table 2 shows the structure of the obtained protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
  • the protective film-forming composite sheet obtained above is attached to the # 2000 polished surface of a 6-inch silicon wafer (thickness 350 ⁇ m) with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and this sheet is further attached to the ring frame. Fixed. Next, using a dicing blade, the silicon wafer was diced together with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and separated into individual pieces to obtain silicon chips of 5 mm ⁇ 5 mm.
  • a protective film-forming film (13) is formed from the support sheet (10) -1 side under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW / cm 2 and a light amount of 170 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device (“RAD2000m / 8” manufactured by Lintec Corporation). ) -1 was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the protective film-forming film (13) -1 to obtain a protective film.
  • RAD2000m / 8 manufactured by Lintec Corporation
  • Example 2 A protective film-forming film (13) -2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c ′)-1 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Example 3 A protective film-forming film (13) -3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c ′)-2 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Example 4 A protective film-forming film (13) -4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c ′)-3 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Example 5 A protective film-forming film (13) -5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c ′)-4 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • Example 1 A protective film-forming film (13) -6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c) -1 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
  • the present invention can be used for manufacturing semiconductor devices.

Abstract

Provided are a film for forming a protective coating and a composite sheet for forming a protective coating, both of which can prevent curing defects even in the presence of oxygen. Said film for forming a protective coating can be cured by energy rays, and a photoradical initiator having a 365-nm light absorption coefficient is added in the amount of at least 4.0×101 ml/(g·cm) to said film for forming a protective coating. The photoradical initiator is preferably a hydrogen-abstraction photoradical initiator having at least three aromatic rings in one molecule, and preferably a photoradical initiator having at least two photodegradable groups in one molecule.

Description

保護膜形成用フィルムおよび保護膜形成用複合シートProtective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
 本発明は、保護膜形成用フィルムおよび保護膜形成用複合シートに関する。
本願は、2016年4月28日に、日本に出願された特願2016-092011号に基づき優先権を主張し、その内容をここに援用する。
The present invention relates to a protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet.
This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-092011 filed in Japan on April 28, 2016, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 近年、いわゆるフェースダウン(face down)方式と呼ばれる実装法を適用した半導体装置の製造が行われている。フェースダウン方式においては、回路面上にバンプ等の電極を有する半導体チップが用いられ、前記電極が基板と接合される。このため、半導体チップの回路面とは反対側の裏面は剥き出しとなることがある。 In recent years, a semiconductor device using a mounting method called a so-called face-down method has been manufactured. In the face-down method, a semiconductor chip having electrodes such as bumps on a circuit surface is used, and the electrodes are bonded to a substrate. For this reason, the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor chip may be exposed.
 この剥き出しとなった半導体チップの裏面には、保護膜として、有機材料を含有する樹脂膜が形成され、保護膜付き半導体チップとして半導体装置に取り込まれることがある。保護膜は、ダイシング工程やパッケージングの後に、半導体チップにおいてクラックが発生するのを防止するために利用される。 A resin film containing an organic material is formed as a protective film on the exposed back surface of the semiconductor chip and may be taken into the semiconductor device as a semiconductor chip with a protective film. The protective film is used to prevent cracks from occurring in the semiconductor chip after the dicing process or packaging.
 このような保護膜を形成するためには、例えば、支持シート上に保護膜を形成するための保護膜形成用フィルムを備えてなる保護膜形成用複合シートが使用される。保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、保護膜形成用フィルムが硬化によって保護膜を形成可能である。さらに支持シートをダイシングシートとして利用可能であって、保護膜形成用フィルムとダイシングシートとが一体化されたものとすることが可能である。 In order to form such a protective film, for example, a protective film-forming composite sheet comprising a protective film-forming film for forming a protective film on a support sheet is used. In the protective film-forming composite sheet, the protective film-forming film can form a protective film by curing. Further, the support sheet can be used as a dicing sheet, and the protective film-forming film and the dicing sheet can be integrated.
 このような保護膜形成用複合シートとしては、例えば、加熱により硬化することで保護膜を形成する熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えたものが、これまでに主に利用されてきた。この場合、例えば、半導体ウエハの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)に熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムによって保護膜形成用複合シートを貼付する。しかる後、加熱によって保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜とし、ダイシングによって半導体ウエハを保護膜ごと分割して半導体チップとする。保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化とダイシングは、これとは逆の順序で行われることもある。 As such a composite sheet for forming a protective film, for example, a sheet provided with a thermosetting protective film forming film that forms a protective film by being cured by heating has been mainly used so far. In this case, for example, the protective film-forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface (the surface opposite to the electrode-forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer with a thermosetting protective film-forming film. Thereafter, the protective film-forming film is cured by heating to form a protective film, and the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film by dicing to form semiconductor chips. Curing and dicing of the protective film-forming film may be performed in the reverse order.
 しかし、熱硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムの加熱硬化には、通常数時間程度と長時間を要するため、硬化時間の短縮が望まれている。これに対して、紫外線等のエネルギー線の照射により硬化可能な保護膜形成用フィルムを保護膜の形成に用いることが検討されている。例えば、剥離フィルム上に形成されたエネルギー線硬化型保護膜(特許文献1参照)や、高硬度でかつ半導体チップに対する密着性に優れた保護膜を形成できるエネルギー線硬化型チップ保護用フィルム(特許文献2参照)が開示されている。 However, since the heat curing of the thermosetting protective film-forming film usually takes a long time of about several hours, shortening of the curing time is desired. On the other hand, use of a protective film-forming film that can be cured by irradiation with energy rays such as ultraviolet rays has been studied. For example, an energy beam curable protective film (see Patent Document 1) formed on a release film, or an energy beam curable chip protective film that can form a protective film having high hardness and excellent adhesion to a semiconductor chip. Reference 2) is disclosed.
特許第5144433号公報Japanese Patent No. 5144433 特開2010-031183号公報JP 2010-031183 A
 図7(a)~(c)は、従来の、半導体ウエハをダイシングしてから、硬化させ、ピックアップするまでの工程を模式的に示した概略断面図である。半導体ウエハ18はその裏面に保護膜形成用複合シート10が貼付され、しかる後、ダイシング工程を経てから保護膜形成用フィルム13´を硬化するタイプと、硬化させた後にダイシングするタイプの二種類がある。このうち、ダイシングした後に硬化するタイプでは、ダイシングにより、半導体ウエハ18がダイシングブレード20により複数個の半導体チップ181,181,…に切り分けられる(図17(a))。このとき、切り分けられた半導体チップ181の側面が露出し、半導体チップ181の裏面に貼付された保護膜形成用フィルム13も切断されてその断面が露出する。 7A to 7C are schematic cross-sectional views schematically showing a conventional process from dicing a semiconductor wafer to curing and picking up. The semiconductor wafer 18 has a protective film forming composite sheet 10 affixed to the back surface thereof, and then there are two types: a type in which the protective film forming film 13 'is cured after a dicing step and a type in which dicing is performed after curing. is there. Among these, in the type that is cured after dicing, the semiconductor wafer 18 is cut into a plurality of semiconductor chips 181, 181,... By the dicing blade 20 by dicing (FIG. 17A). At this time, the side surface of the cut semiconductor chip 181 is exposed, and the protective film forming film 13 attached to the back surface of the semiconductor chip 181 is also cut to expose the cross section.
 このように保護膜形成用フィルム13の断面が露出して酸素に晒されると、酸素には硬化を阻害する性質がある。そのため、ダイシング後の硬化工程(図17(b))で、エネルギー線の照射による保護膜形成用フィルムが十分に硬化せず、硬化不良が生じる場合がある。このように硬化が不十分な状態で次のピックアップ工程(図17(c))に供されると、ピックアップ時に半導体チップ181の割れや欠けを生じるピックアップ不良を引き起こす場合があり、製品の歩留りが低下するという問題がある。
 なお、図7中、符号11、12、16、17、19及び21は、それぞれ基材、粘着剤層、治具用接着剤層、リングフレーム、分割されたシリコンウエハ、およびエネルギー線照射装置を示す。
Thus, when the cross section of the protective film-forming film 13 is exposed and exposed to oxygen, oxygen has a property of inhibiting curing. For this reason, in the curing step after dicing (FIG. 17B), the protective film-forming film due to the irradiation of energy rays may not be sufficiently cured, and curing failure may occur. If it is used in the next pick-up process (FIG. 17C) in such a state where the curing is insufficient, there may be a pick-up failure that causes the semiconductor chip 181 to crack or chip at the time of pick-up, resulting in an increase in product yield. There is a problem of lowering.
In FIG. 7, reference numerals 11, 12, 16, 17, 19 and 21 denote a base material, an adhesive layer, a jig adhesive layer, a ring frame, a divided silicon wafer, and an energy beam irradiation device, respectively. Show.
 本発明は、上記問題を解決するためになされた発明である。すなわち、酸素存在下で硬化させても硬化不良を起こさず、ピックアップ不良を起こすことのないエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム、及び、保護膜形成用複合シートを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made to solve the above problems. That is, an object of the present invention is to provide an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet that does not cause poor curing even when cured in the presence of oxygen and does not cause pickup failure. .
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決するべく、鋭意検討を重ねた。その結果、保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜形成用複合シートに、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤を配合することにより、上記課題を解決することができることを見出して、本発明を完成するに至った。 The inventors of the present invention have made extensive studies to solve the above problems. As a result, the above-mentioned problem can be obtained by blending a protective film-forming film or a protective-film-forming composite sheet with a photoradical initiator having an absorption coefficient of 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more at a wavelength of 365 nm. As a result, the present invention has been completed.
 すなわち、本発明は、エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムであって、前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤を含む、保護膜形成用フィルムである。
 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムにおいては、前記光ラジカル開始剤は、1分子内に芳香環を3個以上有する水素引き抜き型光ラジカル開始剤であることが好ましい。
 また、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムにおいては、前記光ラジカル開始剤は、1分子内に光分解性の基を2個以上有する光ラジカル開始剤であることが好ましい。
 また本発明は上記記載の保護膜形成用フィルムを支持シート上に備えてなる、保護膜形成用複合シートであってもよい。
That is, the present invention is an energy ray-curable film for forming a protective film, and in the protective film-forming film, light having an extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more. It is a film for protective film formation containing a radical initiator.
In the protective film-forming film of the present invention, the photo radical initiator is preferably a hydrogen abstraction type photo radical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule.
In the protective film-forming film of the present invention, the photoradical initiator is preferably a photoradical initiator having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule.
The present invention may also be a protective film-forming composite sheet comprising the protective film-forming film described above on a support sheet.
 本発明によれば、酸素存在下で硬化させても硬化不良を起こさず、ピックアップ不良を起こすことのないエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム、及び、保護膜形成用複合シートが提供される。 According to the present invention, there are provided an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film and a protective film-forming composite sheet that do not cause curing failure even when cured in the presence of oxygen and do not cause pickup failure. .
本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically one Embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically other embodiment of the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention. 本発明の保護膜形成用シートの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows typically one Embodiment of the sheet | seat for protective film formation of this invention. 従来の、半導体ウエハをダイシングしてから、硬化させ、ピックアップするまでの工程を模式的に示した概略断面図である。It is the schematic sectional drawing which showed the conventional process until it hardens | cures and picks up after dicing the semiconductor wafer.
◇保護膜形成用フィルム
 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムであって、前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤を含む。
 本発明に係る前記光ラジカル開始剤は、1分子内に芳香環を3個以上有する水素引き抜き型光ラジカル開始剤であっても良い。
 本発明に係る前記光ラジカル開始剤は、1分子内に光分解性の基を2個以上有する光ラジカル開始剤であっても良い。
 本発明に係る光ラジカル開始剤は、波長365nmの吸光係数が1.0×10ml/(g・cm)以下であることが好ましい。
 光ラジカル開始剤の波長365nmの吸光係数が上記値以下であると、蛍光灯下や自然光下で使用する際に、意図せず反応することを抑制でき、安定して複合シートを使用できるという効果がある。
 発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、少なくとも一方の表面に第1の剥離フィルムを有していてもよく、他方の表面に第2の剥離フィルムを更に有していてもよい。本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、ロール状に巻回した長尺状フィルムとして提供することができる。 図6は、本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。図6では、第1の剥離フィルム15b、保護膜形成用フィルム13(23)及び第2の剥離フィルム15aが、この順で積層されている。
◇ protective film forming film for the protective film forming film present invention relates to a protective film formation film of an energy ray-curable, in the protective film forming film, the absorption coefficient of the wavelength 365nm is 4.0 × 10 1 It contains a photoradical initiator of ml / (g · cm) or more.
The photo radical initiator according to the present invention may be a hydrogen abstraction type photo radical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule.
The photoradical initiator according to the present invention may be a photoradical initiator having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule.
The photoradical initiator according to the present invention preferably has an extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of 1.0 × 10 4 ml / (g · cm) or less.
When the extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of the photoradical initiator is not more than the above value, it is possible to suppress unintentional reaction when used under a fluorescent lamp or natural light, and the composite sheet can be used stably. There is.
The protective film-forming film of the invention may have a first release film on at least one surface, and may further have a second release film on the other surface. The film for forming a protective film of the present invention can be provided as a long film wound in a roll shape. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of the protective film-forming film of the present invention. In FIG. 6, the 1st peeling film 15b, the protective film formation film 13 (23), and the 2nd peeling film 15a are laminated | stacked in this order.
◇保護膜形成用複合シート
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シート上に、エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えてなり、前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤を配合したものである。
 なお、本明細書において、「保護膜形成用フィルム」とは硬化前のものを意味し、「保護膜」とは、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させたものを意味する。
◇ Composite sheet for protective film formation The composite sheet for protective film formation of the present invention is provided with an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film on a support sheet, and in the protective film-forming film, the absorption wavelength is 365 nm. A photo radical initiator having a coefficient of 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more is blended.
In the present specification, the “protective film-forming film” means a film before curing, and the “protective film” means a film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film.
 前記保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線の照射によって硬化し、保護膜となる。この保護膜は、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)を保護するためのものである。保護膜形成用フィルムは、軟質であり、貼付対象物に容易に貼付できる。
 そして、保護膜形成用フィルムの表面抵抗値率を1012Ω・cm以下とすることにより、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、帯電防止性を有する。例えば、ダイシング工程を経ても、半導体チップが帯電すること防止することができる。そのため、リール詰めして出荷し、次工程でカバーテープを剥離する際に、カバーテープに半導体チップが付着することが防止される。
 また、半導体チップ自体が帯電することが防止されるので、静電気により半導体チップに塵や埃などが付着することが防止される。
The protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays and becomes a protective film. This protective film is for protecting the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip. The protective film-forming film is soft and can be easily attached to an object to be attached.
And the composite sheet for protective film formation of this invention has antistatic property by making the surface resistance value rate of the film for protective film formation into 10 < 12 > ohm * cm or less. For example, the semiconductor chip can be prevented from being charged even after the dicing process. As a result, the semiconductor chips are prevented from adhering to the cover tape when shipped in reels and peeled off in the next step.
Further, since the semiconductor chip itself is prevented from being charged, it is possible to prevent dust or dirt from adhering to the semiconductor chip due to static electricity.
 本発明において、「エネルギー線」とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線の中でエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、その例として、紫外線、放射線、電子線等が挙げられる。
 紫外線は、例えば、紫外線源として高圧水銀ランプ、ヒュージョンHランプ、キセノンランプ、ブラックライト又はLEDランプ等を用いることで照射できる。電子線は、電子線加速器等によって発生させたものを照射できる。
 本発明において、「エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射することにより硬化する性質を意味する。「非エネルギー線硬化性」とは、エネルギー線を照射しても硬化しない性質を意味する。
In the present invention, “energy beam” means an electromagnetic wave or charged particle beam having energy quanta, and examples thereof include ultraviolet rays, radiation, and electron beams.
Ultraviolet rays can be irradiated by using, for example, a high-pressure mercury lamp, a fusion H lamp, a xenon lamp, a black light, an LED lamp or the like as an ultraviolet ray source. The electron beam can be emitted by an electron beam accelerator or the like.
In the present invention, “energy beam curability” means a property of being cured by irradiation with energy rays. “Non-energy radiation curable” means a property that does not cure even when irradiated with energy rays.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの使用対象である半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの厚さは、特に限定されない。本発明の効果がより顕著に得られることから、30~1000μmであることが好ましく、100~300μmであることがより好ましい。
 以下、本発明の構成について、詳細に説明する。
The thickness of the semiconductor wafer or the semiconductor chip that is the target of use of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not particularly limited. In order to obtain the effects of the present invention more remarkably, the thickness is preferably 30 to 1000 μm, more preferably 100 to 300 μm.
Hereinafter, the configuration of the present invention will be described in detail.
◎支持シート
 前記支持シートは、1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよい。支持シートが複数層からなる場合、これら複数層の構成材料及び厚さは、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、特に限定されない。
 なお、本明細書においては、支持シートの場合に限らず、「複数層が互いに同一でも異なっていてもよい」とは、「すべての層が同一であってもよいし、すべての層が異なっていてもよく、一部の層のみが同一であってもよい」ことを意味する。さらに「複数層が互いに異なる」とは、「各層の構成材料及び厚さの少なくとも一方が互いに異なる」ことを意味する。
Support sheet The support sheet may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the support sheet is composed of a plurality of layers, the constituent materials and thicknesses of the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other, and the combination of the plurality of layers is not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
In the present specification, not limited to the case of the support sheet, “the plurality of layers may be the same or different from each other” means “all the layers may be the same or all the layers are different. It means that only some of the layers may be the same. " Further, “a plurality of layers are different from each other” means “at least one of the constituent material and thickness of each layer is different from each other”.
 好ましい支持シートとしては、例えば、基材上に粘着剤層が直接接触して積層されてなるもの、基材上に中間層を介して粘着剤層が積層されてなるもの、基材のみからなるもの等が挙げられる。 Preferred support sheets include, for example, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is directly contacted and laminated on the substrate, those in which the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the substrate via an intermediate layer, and only the substrate. And the like.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの例を、このような支持シートの種類ごとに、以下、図面を参照しながら説明する。なお、以下の説明で用いる図は、本発明の特徴を分かり易くするために、便宜上、要部となる部分を拡大して示している場合があり、各構成要素の寸法比率等が実際と同じであるとは限らない。 Examples of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention will be described below for each kind of support sheet with reference to the drawings. In addition, in order to make the features of the present invention easier to understand, the drawings used in the following description may show the main portions in an enlarged manner for convenience, and the dimensional ratios of the respective components are the same as the actual ones. Not necessarily.
 図1は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの一実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、基材11上に粘着剤層12を備え、粘着剤層12上に保護膜形成用フィルム13を備えてなるものである。支持シート10は、基材11及び粘着剤層12の積層体であり、保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、換言すると、支持シート10の一方の表面10a上に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム13上に剥離フィルム15を備えている。 FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing one embodiment of a composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A shown here comprises a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on a base material 11, and a protective film-forming film 13 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. In other words, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A has a protective film-forming film 13 laminated on one surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. Have a configuration. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 13.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Aにおいては、基材11の一方の表面11aに粘着剤層12が積層される。粘着剤層12の表面12aの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層される。保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層16が積層される。保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aのうち、治具用接着剤層16が積層されていない面と、治具用接着剤層16の表面16a(上面及び側面)に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 In the protective film forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11 a of the substrate 11. A protective film forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12 a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. A jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral edge. Of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, the release film 15 is laminated on the surface on which the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated and on the surface 16a (upper surface and side face) of the jig adhesive layer 16. ing.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Aにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤を含む。
 また、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム13(すなわち保護膜)と支持シート10との間の粘着力、換言すると保護膜と粘着剤層12との間の粘着力は、50~1500mN/25mmであることが好ましい。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A, the protective film-forming film 13 contains a photoradical initiator having an absorption coefficient of 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more at a wavelength of 365 nm.
Further, the adhesive force between the cured protective film-forming film 13 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer 12 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm. Preferably there is.
 治具用接着剤層16は、例えば、接着剤成分を含有する単層構造のものであってもよいし、芯材となるシートの両面に接着剤成分を含有する層が積層された複数層構造のものであってもよい。 The adhesive layer 16 for jigs may have, for example, a single-layer structure containing an adhesive component, or a plurality of layers in which layers containing an adhesive component are laminated on both surfaces of a core sheet. It may be of a structure.
 図1に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付される。さらに、治具用接着剤層16の表面16aのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 In the composite sheet 1A for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 1, the back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the front surface 13a of the film 13 for forming a protective film with the release film 15 removed. Further, the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
 図2は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートの他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。なお、図2以降の図において、既に説明済みの図に示すものと同じ構成要素には、その説明済みの図の場合と同じ符号を付し、その詳細な説明は省略する。 FIG. 2 is a sectional view schematically showing another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention. In FIG. 2 and subsequent figures, the same components as those shown in the already explained figures are given the same reference numerals as those in the already explained figures, and their detailed explanations are omitted.
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bは、治具用接着剤層16を備えていない点以外は、図1に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Bにおいては、基材11の一方の表面11aに粘着剤層12が積層される。粘着剤層12の表面12aの全面に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層され、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aの全面に剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 The protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> B, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11 a of the substrate 11. A protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on the entire surface 12 a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and a release film 15 is laminated on the entire surface 13 a of the protective film-forming film 13.
 図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aのうち、中央側の一部の領域に半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付される。さらに、保護膜形成用フィルム13の周縁部近傍の領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 The composite sheet 1B for forming a protective film shown in FIG. 2 has a semiconductor wafer (not shown) formed in a partial region on the center side of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The back side is affixed. Furthermore, the area | region of the peripheral part vicinity of the film 13 for protective film formation is affixed and used for jigs, such as a ring frame.
 図3は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cは、粘着剤層12を備えていない点以外は、図1に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Cにおいては、支持シート10が基材11のみからなる。そして、基材11の一方の表面11a(支持シート10の一方の表面10a)に保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層される。次いで保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aの一部、すなわち、周縁部近傍の領域に治具用接着剤層16が積層される。保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aのうち、治具用接着剤層16が積層されていない面と、治具用接着剤層16の表面16a(上面及び側面)に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。
FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention.
The protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> C shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> A shown in FIG. 1, except that the adhesive layer 12 is not provided. That is, in the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> C, the support sheet 10 is made of only the base material 11. Then, the protective film-forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11 (one surface 10a of the support sheet 10). Next, the jig adhesive layer 16 is laminated on a part of the surface 13 a of the protective film forming film 13, that is, in the vicinity of the peripheral edge. Of the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13, the release film 15 is laminated on the surface on which the jig adhesive layer 16 is not laminated and on the surface 16a (upper surface and side face) of the jig adhesive layer 16. ing.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Cにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム13は、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤を含む。
 また、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム13(すなわち保護膜)と支持シート10との間の粘着力、換言すると保護膜と基材11との間の粘着力は、50~1500mN/25mmであることが好ましい。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> C, the protective film-forming film 13 includes a photoradical initiator having an absorption coefficient of wavelength of 365 nm of 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more.
Further, the adhesive force between the cured protective film-forming film 13 (that is, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the substrate 11 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm. It is preferable.
 図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cは、図1に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同様に、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付される。さらに、治具用接着剤層16の表面16aのうち上面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 As in the protective film forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1, the protective film forming composite sheet 1C is formed on the surface 13a of the protective film forming film 13 with the release film 15 removed. The back side of (not shown) is attached. Further, the upper surface of the surface 16a of the jig adhesive layer 16 is used by being attached to a jig such as a ring frame.
 図4は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Dは、治具用接着剤層16を備えていない点以外は、図3に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Cと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Dにおいては、基材11の一方の表面11aに保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層される。そして、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aの全面に剥離フィルム15が積層されている。
FIG. 4 is a sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
The protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1D shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1C shown in FIG. 3 except that it does not include the jig adhesive layer 16. That is, in the protective film forming composite sheet 1 </ b> D, the protective film forming film 13 is laminated on one surface 11 a of the substrate 11. And the peeling film 15 is laminated | stacked on the whole surface 13a of the film 13 for protective film formation.
 図4に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Dは、図2に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Bと同様に、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム13の表面13aのうち、中央側の一部の領域に半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付される。さらに、保護膜形成用フィルム13の周縁部近傍の領域が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 The protective film-forming composite sheet 1D shown in FIG. 4 is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1B shown in FIG. 2, with the release film 15 removed, of the surface 13a of the protective film-forming film 13, The back surface of a semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to a partial area on the center side. Furthermore, the area | region of the peripheral part vicinity of the film 13 for protective film formation is affixed and used for jigs, such as a ring frame.
 図5は、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートのさらに他の実施形態を模式的に示す断面図である。
 ここに示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、保護膜形成用フィルムの形状が異なる点以外は、図1に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Aと同じものである。すなわち、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、基材11上に粘着剤層12を備え、粘着剤層12上に保護膜形成用フィルム23を備えてなるものである。支持シート10は、基材11及び粘着剤層12の積層体である。保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、換言すると、支持シート10の一方の表面10a上に保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層された構成を有する。また、保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、さらに保護膜形成用フィルム23上に剥離フィルム15を備えている。
FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing still another embodiment of the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention.
The protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown here is the same as the protective film-forming composite sheet 1A shown in FIG. 1 except that the shape of the protective film-forming film is different. That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> E includes the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 23 on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. The support sheet 10 is a laminate of the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. In other words, the protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> E has a configuration in which the protective film-forming film 23 is laminated on one surface 10 a of the support sheet 10. The protective film-forming composite sheet 1 </ b> E further includes a release film 15 on the protective film-forming film 23.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいては、基材11の一方の表面11aに粘着剤層12が積層され、粘着剤層12の表面12aの一部、すなわち、中央側の領域に保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されている。そして、粘着剤層12の表面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されていない面と、保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23a(上面及び側面)の上に、剥離フィルム15が積層されている。 In the protective sheet-forming composite sheet 1E, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is laminated on one surface 11a of the substrate 11, and a part of the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, that is, a protective film-forming film is formed in the central region. 23 are stacked. And the peeling film 15 is laminated | stacked on the surface in which the protective film formation film 23 is not laminated | stacked among the surfaces 12a of the adhesive layer 12, and the surface 23a (upper surface and side surface) of the protective film formation film 23. ing.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Eを上方から見下ろして平面視したときに、保護膜形成用フィルム23は粘着剤層12よりも表面積が小さく、例えば、円形状等の形状を有する。 When the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E is viewed from above and viewed in plan, the protective film-forming film 23 has a smaller surface area than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12, and has a circular shape or the like, for example.
 保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいて、保護膜形成用フィルム23は、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤を含む。
 また、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム23(すなわち保護膜)と支持シート10との間の粘着力、換言すると保護膜と粘着剤層12との間の粘着力は、50~1500mN/25mmであることが好ましい。
In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E, the protective film-forming film 23 includes a photoradical initiator having an absorption coefficient of wavelength of 365 nm of 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more.
Further, the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film 23 after curing (ie, the protective film) and the support sheet 10, in other words, the adhesive force between the protective film and the adhesive layer 12 is 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm. Preferably there is.
 図5に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、剥離フィルム15が取り除かれた状態で、保護膜形成用フィルム23の表面23aに半導体ウエハ(図示略)の裏面が貼付される。さらに、粘着剤層12の表面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム23が積層されていない面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown in FIG. 5, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (not shown) is attached to the front surface 23a of the protective film-forming film 23 with the release film 15 removed. Further, the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 on which the protective film forming film 23 is not laminated is attached to a jig such as a ring frame and used.
 なお、図5に示す保護膜形成用複合シート1Eにおいては、粘着剤層12の表面12aのうち、保護膜形成用フィルム13が積層されていない面に、図1及び3に示すものと同様に治具用接着剤層が積層されていてもよい(図示略)。このような治具用接着剤層を備えた保護膜形成用複合シート1Eは、図1及び3に示す保護膜形成用複合シートと同様に、治具用接着剤層の表面が、リングフレーム等の治具に貼付されて、使用される。 In the protective film-forming composite sheet 1E shown in FIG. 5, the surface 12a of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12 is the same as that shown in FIGS. 1 and 3 on the surface on which the protective film-forming film 13 is not laminated. An adhesive layer for jigs may be laminated (not shown). The protective film forming composite sheet 1E provided with such a jig adhesive layer has a jig frame having a ring frame or the like, similar to the protective film forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. Affixed to the jig and used.
 このように、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、支持シート及び保護膜形成用フィルムがどのような形態であっても、治具用接着剤層を備えたものであってもよい。ただし、通常は、図1及び3に示すように、治具用接着剤層を備えた本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートとしては、保護膜形成用フィルム上に治具用接着剤層を備えたものが好ましい。 Thus, the protective sheet-forming composite sheet of the present invention may have any form of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film, or may be provided with an adhesive layer for jigs. However, normally, as shown in FIGS. 1 and 3, the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention having a jig adhesive layer has a jig adhesive layer on the protective film-forming film. Are preferred.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、図1~5に示すものに限定されない。本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、図1~5に示すものの一部の構成が変更又は削除されたものや、これまでに説明したものにさらに他の構成が追加されたものであってもよい。 The composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention is not limited to the one shown in FIGS. Within the scope of not impairing the effects of the present invention, a part of the structure shown in FIGS. 1 to 5 is changed or deleted, or another structure is added to what has been described so far. Also good.
 例えば、図3及び4に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材11と保護膜形成用フィルム13との間に、中間層が設けられていてもよい。中間層としては、目的に応じて任意のものを選択できる。
 また、図1、2及び5に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、基材11と粘着剤層12との間に中間層が設けられていてもよい。すなわち、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、支持シートは、基材、中間層及び粘着剤層がこの順に積層されてなるものでもよい。ここで中間層とは、図3及び4に示す保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて設けられていてもよい中間層と同じものである。
 また、図1~5に示す保護膜形成用複合シートは、前記中間層以外の層が、任意の箇所に設けられていてもよい。
 また、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、剥離フィルムと、この剥離フィルムと直接接触している層との間に、一部隙間が生じていてもよい。
 また、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、各層の大きさや形状は、目的に応じて任意に調節できる。
For example, in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the protective film-forming film 13. Any intermediate layer can be selected according to the purpose.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 1, 2, and 5, an intermediate layer may be provided between the base material 11 and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer 12. That is, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the support sheet may be formed by laminating a base material, an intermediate layer, and an adhesive layer in this order. Here, the intermediate layer is the same as the intermediate layer that may be provided in the protective film-forming composite sheet shown in FIGS.
Further, in the composite sheet for forming a protective film shown in FIGS. 1 to 5, layers other than the intermediate layer may be provided at an arbitrary location.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, a gap may be partially formed between the release film and the layer that is in direct contact with the release film.
In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the size and shape of each layer can be arbitrarily adjusted according to the purpose.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいては、後述するように、粘着剤層等の、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムと直接接触している層が、非エネルギー線硬化性であることが好ましい。このような保護膜形成用複合シートは、保護膜を裏面に備えた半導体チップをより容易にピックアップできる。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, as described later, a layer such as an adhesive layer that is in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is preferably non-energy ray curable. . Such a composite sheet for forming a protective film can more easily pick up a semiconductor chip having a protective film on the back surface.
 支持シートは、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。
 なかでも、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、支持シートはエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。
The support sheet may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose.
Among them, in the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the support sheet is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
 例えば、支持シートにおいて、波長375nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線(紫外線)を照射しときに、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化度がより向上する。
 一方、支持シートにおいて、波長375nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、95%とすることが可能である。
For example, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film is irradiated with energy rays (ultraviolet rays) via the support sheet, the degree of curing of the protective film-forming film is further improved.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 375 nm is not particularly limited, but may be 95%, for example.
 また、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明りょうに印字できる。
 一方、支持シートにおいて、波長532nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、95%とすることが可能である。
In the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on these, printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 532 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
 また、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率は30%以上であることが好ましく、50%以上であることがより好ましく、70%以上であることが特に好ましい。前記光の透過率がこのような範囲であることで、支持シートを介して保護膜形成用フィルム又は保護膜にレーザー光を照射して、これらに印字したときに、より明りょうに印字できる。
 一方、支持シートにおいて、波長1064nmの光の透過率の上限値は特に限定されないが、例えば、95%とすることが可能である。
 次に、支持シートを構成する各層について、さらに詳細に説明する。
Further, in the support sheet, the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is preferably 30% or more, more preferably 50% or more, and particularly preferably 70% or more. When the light transmittance is within such a range, when the protective film-forming film or the protective film is irradiated with laser light through the support sheet and printed on these, printing can be performed more clearly.
On the other hand, in the support sheet, the upper limit value of the transmittance of light having a wavelength of 1064 nm is not particularly limited, but can be, for example, 95%.
Next, each layer which comprises a support sheet is demonstrated in detail.
○基材
 前記基材は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、その構成材料としては、例えば、各種樹脂が挙げられる。
 前記樹脂としては、例えば、以下のものがあげられる。低密度ポリエチレン(LDPE)、直鎖低密度ポリエチレン(LLDPE)、高密度ポリエチレン(HDPE)等のポリエチレン;ポリプロピレン、ポリブテン、ポリブタジエン、ポリメチルペンテン、ノルボルネン樹脂等のポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン;エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、エチレン-(メタ)アクリル酸エステル共重合体、エチレン-ノルボルネン共重合体等のエチレン系共重合体(モノマーとしてエチレンを用いて得られた共重合体);ポリ塩化ビニル、塩化ビニル共重合体等の塩化ビニル系樹脂(モノマーとして塩化ビニルを用いて得られた樹脂);ポリスチレン;ポリシクロオレフィン;ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンナフタレート、ポリブチレンテレフタレート、ポリエチレンイソフタレート、ポリエチレン-2,6-ナフタレンジカルボキシレート、すべての構成単位が芳香族環式基を有する全芳香族ポリエステル等のポリエステル;2種以上の前記ポリエステルの共重合体;ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;ポリウレタン;ポリウレタンアクリレート;ポリイミド;ポリアミド;ポリカーボネート;フッ素樹脂;ポリアセタール;変性ポリフェニレンオキシド;ポリフェニレンスルフィド;ポリスルホン;ポリエーテルケトン等である。
-Base material The base material is in the form of a sheet or film, and examples of the constituent material include various resins.
Examples of the resin include the following. Polyethylene such as low density polyethylene (LDPE), linear low density polyethylene (LLDPE), high density polyethylene (HDPE), etc .; polyolefins other than polyethylene such as polypropylene, polybutene, polybutadiene, polymethylpentene, norbornene resin; ethylene-vinyl acetate Polymers, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid copolymers, ethylene- (meth) acrylic acid ester copolymers, ethylene-based copolymers such as ethylene-norbornene copolymers (copolymers obtained using ethylene as a monomer) Polymer); vinyl chloride resin such as polyvinyl chloride and vinyl chloride copolymer (resin obtained using vinyl chloride as a monomer); polystyrene; polycycloolefin; polyethylene terephthalate, polyethylene naphthalate, polybutylene terf Polyesters such as rate, polyethylene isophthalate, polyethylene-2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylate, wholly aromatic polyesters in which all the structural units have aromatic cyclic groups; copolymers of two or more of the above polyesters; poly ( Poly), polyurethane acrylate, polyimide, polyamide, polycarbonate, fluororesin, polyacetal, modified polyphenylene oxide, polyphenylene sulfide, polysulfone, polyether ketone, and the like.
 また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂との混合物等のポリマーアロイも挙げられる。前記ポリエステルとそれ以外の樹脂とのポリマーアロイは、ポリエステル以外の樹脂の量が比較的少量であるものが好ましい。
 また、前記樹脂としては、例えば、ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上が架橋した架橋樹脂;ここまでに例示した前記樹脂の1種又は2種以上を用いたアイオノマー等の変性樹脂も挙げられる。
Moreover, as said resin, polymer alloys, such as a mixture of the said polyester and other resin, are mentioned, for example. The polymer alloy of the polyester and the other resin is preferably one in which the amount of the resin other than the polyester is relatively small.
Examples of the resin include a crosslinked resin in which one or more of the resins exemplified so far are crosslinked; modification of an ionomer or the like using one or more of the resins exemplified so far. Resins can also be mentioned.
 なお、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、「アクリル酸」及び「メタクリル酸」の両方を包含する概念とする。(メタ)アクリル酸と類似の用語についても同様である。 In the present specification, “(meth) acrylic acid” is a concept including both “acrylic acid” and “methacrylic acid”. The same applies to terms similar to (meth) acrylic acid.
 基材を構成する樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The resin constituting the substrate may be only one kind, or two or more kinds, and in the case of two or more kinds, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 基材は1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよく、複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The substrate may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. When the substrate is composed of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same or different from each other. The combination of layers is not particularly limited.
 基材の厚さは、50~300μmであることが好ましく、60~100μmであることがより好ましい。基材の厚さがこのような範囲であることで、前記保護膜形成用複合シートの可撓性と、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップへの貼付性がより向上する。
 ここで、「基材の厚さ」とは、基材全体の厚さを意味し、例えば、複数層からなる基材の厚さとは、基材を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the substrate is preferably 50 to 300 μm, more preferably 60 to 100 μm. When the thickness of the substrate is within such a range, the flexibility of the composite sheet for forming a protective film and the adhesiveness to a semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip are further improved.
Here, “the thickness of the substrate” means the thickness of the entire substrate. For example, the thickness of the substrate composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the substrate. means.
 基材は、厚さの精度が高いもの、すなわち、部位によらず厚さのばらつきが抑制されたものが好ましい。上述の構成材料のうち、このような厚さの精度が高い基材を構成するのに使用可能な材料としては、次のものが挙げられる。例えば、ポリエチレン、ポリエチレン以外のポリオレフィン、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体等である。 The base material is preferably one having high thickness accuracy, that is, one in which variation in thickness is suppressed regardless of the part. Among the above-mentioned constituent materials, examples of materials that can be used to construct a base material having such a high thickness accuracy include the following. For example, polyethylene, polyolefins other than polyethylene, polyethylene terephthalate, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, and the like.
 基材は、前記樹脂等の主たる構成材料以外に、充填材、着色剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、有機滑剤、触媒、軟化剤(可塑剤)等の公知の各種添加剤を含有していてもよい。 The base material contains various known additives such as a filler, a colorant, an antistatic agent, an antioxidant, an organic lubricant, a catalyst, and a softener (plasticizer) in addition to the main constituent material such as the resin. May be.
 基材の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていればよい。すなわち、基材は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよいし、他の層が蒸着されていてもよい。
 そして、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、基材はエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。
The optical characteristics of the base material only need to satisfy the optical characteristics of the support sheet described above. That is, the substrate may be transparent or opaque, may be colored according to the purpose, or other layers may be deposited.
And in this invention in which the film for protective film formation has energy-beam sclerosis | hardenability, what a base material permeate | transmits an energy beam is preferable.
 基材は、その上に設けられる粘着剤層等の他の層との密着性を向上させるために、サンドブラスト処理、溶剤処理等による凹凸化処理や、コロナ放電処理、電子線照射処理、プラズマ処理、オゾン・紫外線照射処理、火炎処理、クロム酸処理、熱風処理等の酸化処理等が表面に施されたものであってもよい。
 また、基材は、表面がプライマー処理を施されたものであってもよい。
 また、基材は、帯電防止コート層、保護膜形成用複合シートを重ね合わせて保存する際に、基材が他のシートに接着することや、基材が吸着テーブルに接着することを防止する層等を有するものであってもよい。
 これらの中でも基材は、ダイシング時のブレードの摩擦による基材の断片の発生が抑制される点から、特に表面が電子線照射処理を施されたものが好ましい。
In order to improve the adhesion with other layers such as a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer provided on the substrate, the substrate is subjected to a roughening treatment such as sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment. The surface may be subjected to oxidation treatment such as ozone / ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, and hot air treatment.
The base material may have a surface subjected to primer treatment.
In addition, the base material prevents the base material from adhering to other sheets or the base material from adhering to the adsorption table when the antistatic coating layer and the protective film-forming composite sheet are stored in an overlapping manner. It may have a layer or the like.
Among these, the substrate preferably has a surface subjected to electron beam irradiation treatment from the viewpoint that generation of fragments of the substrate due to blade friction during dicing is suppressed.
 基材は、公知の方法で製造できる。例えば、樹脂を含有する基材は、前記樹脂を含有する樹脂組成物を成形することで製造できる。 The base material can be manufactured by a known method. For example, a base material containing a resin can be produced by molding a resin composition containing the resin.
○粘着剤層
 前記粘着剤層は、シート状又はフィルム状であり、粘着剤を含有する。
 前記粘着剤としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の粘着性樹脂が挙げられ、アクリル系樹脂が好ましい。
-Adhesive layer The said adhesive layer is a sheet form or a film form, and contains an adhesive.
Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive include the following. Examples thereof include adhesive resins such as acrylic resins, urethane resins, rubber resins, silicone resins, epoxy resins, polyvinyl ethers, polycarbonates, ester resins, and acrylic resins are preferred.
 なお、本発明において、「粘着性樹脂」とは、粘着性を有する樹脂と、接着性を有する樹脂と、の両方を含む概念である。例えば、樹脂自体が粘着性を有するものだけでなく、添加剤等の他の成分との併用により粘着性を示す樹脂や、熱又は水等のトリガーの存在によって接着性を示す樹脂等も含む。 In the present invention, the “adhesive resin” is a concept including both an adhesive resin and an adhesive resin. For example, not only the resin itself has adhesiveness, but also includes a resin that exhibits adhesiveness in combination with other components such as additives, and a resin that exhibits adhesiveness due to the presence of a trigger such as heat or water.
 粘着剤層は1層(単層)からなるものでもよいし、2層以上の複数層からなるものでもよい。複数層からなる場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be composed of one layer (single layer) or may be composed of two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
 粘着剤層の厚さは1~100μmであることが好ましく、1~60μmであることがより好ましく、1~30μmであることが特に好ましい。
 ここで、「粘着剤層の厚さ」とは、粘着剤層全体の厚さを意味する。例えば、複数層からなる粘着剤層の厚さとは、粘着剤層を構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably 1 to 100 μm, more preferably 1 to 60 μm, and particularly preferably 1 to 30 μm.
Here, the “thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer” means the thickness of the entire pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. For example, the thickness of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all the layers constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer.
 粘着剤層の光学特性は、先に説明した支持シートの光学特性を満たすようになっていればよい。すなわち、粘着剤層は、透明であってもよいし、不透明であってもよく、目的に応じて着色されていてもよい。
 そして、保護膜形成用フィルムがエネルギー線硬化性を有する本発明においては、粘着剤層はエネルギー線を透過させるものが好ましい。
The optical properties of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer only need to satisfy the optical properties of the support sheet described above. That is, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be transparent, opaque, or colored depending on the purpose.
In the present invention in which the protective film-forming film has energy ray curability, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably capable of transmitting energy rays.
 粘着剤層は、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものでもよいし、非エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を用いて形成されたものでもよい。エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤を用いて形成された粘着剤層は、硬化前及び硬化後での物性を、容易に調節できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may be formed using an energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive, or may be formed using a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer formed using the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive can easily adjust the physical properties before and after curing.
<<粘着剤組成物>>
 粘着剤層は、粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、粘着剤層の形成対象面に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に粘着剤層を形成できる。粘着剤層のより具体的な形成方法は、他の層の形成方法とともに、後ほど詳細に説明する。粘着剤組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、粘着剤層の前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。なお、本明細書において、「常温」とは、特に冷やしたり、熱したりしない温度、すなわち平常の温度を意味する。例えば、15~25℃の温度等が挙げられる。
<< Adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer can be formed using a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive. For example, an adhesive layer can be formed in the target site | part by applying an adhesive composition to the formation object surface of an adhesive layer, and making it dry as needed. A more specific method for forming the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer will be described later in detail, along with methods for forming other layers. The ratio of the content of components that do not vaporize at room temperature in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is usually the same as the ratio of the content of the components of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. In the present specification, “normal temperature” means a temperature at which cooling or heating is not performed, that is, a normal temperature. For example, a temperature of 15 to 25 ° C. can be mentioned.
 粘着剤組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよい。例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、キスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。 Application of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be performed by a known method. Examples thereof include methods using various coaters such as an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, Meyer bar coater, and kiss coater.
 粘着剤組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されない。粘着剤組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましい。この場合、例えば、70~130℃で10秒~5分の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。 The drying conditions for the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition are not particularly limited. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is preferably heat-dried when it contains a solvent described later. In this case, for example, drying is preferably performed at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
 粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性である場合、エネルギー線硬化性粘着剤を含有する粘着剤組成物、すなわち、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)(以下、「粘着性樹脂(I-1a)」と略記することがある)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1);非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)(以下、「粘着性樹脂(I-2a)」と略記することがある)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2);前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)等が挙げられる。 When the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray curable, examples of the pressure sensitive adhesive composition containing the energy ray curable pressure sensitive adhesive, that is, the energy ray curable pressure sensitive adhesive composition, include the following. For example, a pressure-sensitive adhesive containing a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a)”) and an energy beam-curable compound Composition (I-1); energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-2a) in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a) (hereinafter referred to as “ A pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing a pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a); and the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound. Examples thereof include a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3).
<粘着剤組成物(I-1)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-1)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
[粘着性樹脂(I-1a)]
 前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、アクリル系樹脂であることが好ましい。
 前記アクリル系樹脂としては、例えば、少なくとも(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有するアクリル系重合体が挙げられる。
 前記アクリル系樹脂が有する構成単位は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
The adhesive resin (I-1a) is preferably an acrylic resin.
As said acrylic resin, the acrylic polymer which has a structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic-acid alkylester at least is mentioned, for example.
The acrylic resin may have only one type of structural unit, two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、例えば、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基の炭素数が1~20であるのものが挙げられる。前記アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であることが好ましい。
 (メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとして、より具体的には、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ノナデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イコシル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include those in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is preferably linear or branched.
More specifically, as (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid n-butyl, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, (Meth) acrylic acid 2-ethylhexyl, (meth) acrylic acid isooctyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-octyl, (meth) acrylic acid n-nonyl, (meth) acrylic acid isononyl, (meth) acrylic acid decyl, (meta) ) Undecyl acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (lauryl (meth) acrylate), ( T) Decyl acrylate, tetradecyl (meth) acrylate (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, Examples thereof include octadecyl (meth) acrylate (stearyl (meth) acrylate), nonadecyl (meth) acrylate, icosyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
 粘着剤層の粘着力が向上する点から、前記アクリル系重合体は、前記アルキル基の炭素数が4以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。そして、粘着剤層の粘着力がより向上する点から、前記アルキル基の炭素数は、4~12であることが好ましく、4~8であることがより好ましい。また、前記アルキル基の炭素数が4以上である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルは、アクリル酸アルキルエステルであることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of improving the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group has 4 or more carbon atoms. In view of further improving the adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the alkyl group preferably has 4 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms. In addition, the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester having 4 or more carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably an acrylic acid alkyl ester.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有することが好ましい。
 前記官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、前記官能基が後述する架橋剤と反応することで架橋の起点となったり、前記官能基が後述する不飽和基含有化合物中の不飽和基と反応することで、アクリル系重合体の側鎖に不飽和基の導入を可能とするものが挙げられる。
The acrylic polymer preferably has a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from an alkyl (meth) acrylate.
As the functional group-containing monomer, for example, the functional group reacts with a cross-linking agent described later to become a starting point of cross-linking, or the functional group reacts with an unsaturated group in the unsaturated group-containing compound described later. And those that allow introduction of an unsaturated group into the side chain of the acrylic polymer.
 官能基含有モノマー中の前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。
 すなわち、官能基含有モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。
Examples of the functional group in the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and an epoxy group.
That is, examples of the functional group-containing monomer include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
 前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル;ビニルアルコール、アリルアルコール等の非(メタ)アクリル系不飽和アルコール((メタ)アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコール)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include the following. For example, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic unsaturated alcohols such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol ((meth) acryloyl) And unsaturated alcohol having no skeleton).
 前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸);フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸);前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物;2-カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include the following. For example, ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid and citraconic acid Examples thereof include acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; (meth) acrylic acid carboxyalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate and the like.
 官能基含有モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。 The functional group-containing monomer is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
 前記アクリル系重合体を構成する官能基含有モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The functional group-containing monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記アクリル系重合体において、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位の含有量は、構成単位の全量に対して、1~35質量%であることが好ましく、2~32質量%であることがより好ましく、3~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the acrylic polymer, the content of the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer is preferably 1 to 35% by mass, and more preferably 2 to 32% by mass with respect to the total amount of the structural unit. It is particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位、及び官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、他のモノマー由来の構成単位を有していてもよい。
 前記他のモノマーは、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等と共重合可能なものであれば特に限定されない。
 前記他のモノマーとしては、例えば、スチレン、α-メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、ギ酸ビニル、酢酸ビニル、アクリロニトリル、アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。
In addition to the structural unit derived from the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester and the structural unit derived from the functional group-containing monomer, the acrylic polymer may further have a structural unit derived from another monomer.
The other monomer is not particularly limited as long as it is copolymerizable with (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester or the like.
Examples of the other monomer include styrene, α-methylstyrene, vinyl toluene, vinyl formate, vinyl acetate, acrylonitrile, acrylamide and the like.
 前記アクリル系重合体を構成する前記他のモノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The other monomer constituting the acrylic polymer may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記アクリル系重合体は、上述の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として使用できる。
 一方、前記アクリル系重合体中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基(エネルギー線重合性基)を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させたものは、上述のエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として使用できる。
The acrylic polymer can be used as the above-mentioned non-energy ray curable adhesive resin (I-1a).
On the other hand, the functional group in the acrylic polymer is reacted with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group (energy ray-polymerizable group). It can be used as the resin (I-2a).
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましく、10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass, more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and 15 to 90%. It is particularly preferable that the content is% by mass.
[エネルギー線硬化性化合物]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー又はオリゴマーが挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、モノマーとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトール(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、1,4-ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-へキサンジオール(メタ)アクリレート等の多価(メタ)アクリレート;ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレート;ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレート;エポキシ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物のうち、オリゴマーとしては、例えば、上記で例示したモノマーが重合してなるオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、分子量が比較的大きく、粘着剤層の貯蔵弾性率を低下させにくいという点では、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが好ましい。
[Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) include monomers or oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays.
Among the energy ray curable compounds, examples of the monomer include the following. For example, trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, 1,4-butylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 1,6 -Polyvalent (meth) acrylates such as hexanediol (meth) acrylate; urethane (meth) acrylate; polyester (meth) acrylate; polyether (meth) acrylate; epoxy (meth) acrylate and the like.
Among the energy ray-curable compounds, examples of the oligomer include an oligomer formed by polymerizing the monomers exemplified above.
The energy ray-curable compound is preferably a urethane (meth) acrylate or a urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer from the viewpoint that the molecular weight is relatively large and the storage elastic modulus of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is hardly lowered.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、1~95質量%であることが好ましく、5~90質量%であることがより好ましく、10~85質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is preferably 1 to 95% by mass, more preferably 5 to 90% by mass, and 10 to 85% by mass. % Is particularly preferred.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-1) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
 前記架橋剤は、例えば、前記官能基と反応して、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)同士を架橋するものである。
 架橋剤としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、キシリレンジイソシアネート、これらジイソシアネートのアダクト体等のイソシアネート系架橋剤(イソシアネート基を有する架橋剤);エチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル等のエポキシ系架橋剤(グリシジル基を有する架橋剤);ヘキサ[1-(2-メチル)-アジリジニル]トリフオスファトリアジン等のアジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤);アルミニウムキレート等の金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤);イソシアヌレート系架橋剤(イソシアヌル酸骨格を有する架橋剤)等が挙げられる。
 粘着剤の凝集力を向上させて粘着剤層の粘着力を向上させる点、及び入手が容易である等の点から、架橋剤はイソシアネート系架橋剤であることが好ましい。
For example, the cross-linking agent reacts with the functional group to cross-link the adhesive resins (I-1a).
The following are mentioned as a crosslinking agent. For example, tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate, xylylene diisocyanate, isocyanate-based cross-linking agents such as adducts of these diisocyanates (cross-linking agents having an isocyanate group); epoxy-based cross-linking agents such as ethylene glycol glycidyl ether (cross-linking having a glycidyl group) Agent); aziridine-based crosslinking agent (cross-linking agent having an aziridinyl group) such as hexa [1- (2-methyl) -aziridinyl] triphosphatriazine; metal chelate-based crosslinking agent such as aluminum chelate (cross-linking having a metal chelate structure) Agent); isocyanurate-based crosslinking agent (crosslinking agent having an isocyanuric acid skeleton) and the like.
The crosslinking agent is preferably an isocyanate-based crosslinking agent from the viewpoints of improving the cohesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive and improving the pressure-sensitive adhesive strength of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, and being easily available.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましい。0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with a curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
 前記光重合開始剤としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾイン安息香酸、ベンゾイン安息香酸メチル、ベンゾインジメチルケタール等のベンゾイン化合物;アセトフェノン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン等のアセトフェノン化合物;ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド化合物;ベンジルフェニルスルフィド、テトラメチルチウラムモノスルフィド等のスルフィド化合物;1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン等のα-ケトール化合物;アゾビスイソブチロニトリル等のアゾ化合物;チタノセン等のチタノセン化合物;チオキサントン等のチオキサントン化合物;パーオキサイド化合物;ジアセチル等のジケトン化合物;ベンジル;ジベンジル;ベンゾフェノン;2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン;1,2-ジフェニルメタン;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン;2-クロロアントラキノン等が挙げられる。
 また、前記光重合開始剤としては、例えば、1-クロロアントラキノン等のキノン化合物;アミン等の光増感剤等を用いることもできる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include the following. For example, benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin benzoic acid, methyl benzoin benzoate, benzoin dimethyl ketal; acetophenone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl Acetophenone compounds such as propan-1-one and 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one; bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) phenylphosphine oxide, 2,4,6- Acylphosphine oxide compounds such as trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide; Sulfide compounds such as benzylphenyl sulfide and tetramethylthiuram monosulfide; 1-hydroxycyclo Α-ketol compounds such as xylphenyl ketone; azo compounds such as azobisisobutyronitrile; titanocene compounds such as titanocene; thioxanthone compounds such as thioxanthone; peroxide compounds; diketone compounds such as diacetyl; benzyl; 1,2-diethylthioxanthone; 1,2-diphenylmethane; 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone; 2-chloroanthraquinone and the like.
As the photopolymerization initiator, for example, a quinone compound such as 1-chloroanthraquinone; a photosensitizer such as amine can be used.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましい。0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray curable compound. The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by weight.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、例えば、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、軟化剤(可塑剤)、充填材(フィラー)、防錆剤、着色剤(顔料、染料)、増感剤、粘着付与剤、反応遅延剤、架橋促進剤(触媒)等の公知の添加剤が挙げられる。
 なお、反応遅延剤とは、例えば、粘着剤組成物(I-1)中に混入している触媒の作用によって、保存中の粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、目的としない架橋反応が進行するのを抑制するものである。反応遅延剤としては、例えば、触媒に対するキレートによってキレート錯体を形成するものが挙げられる。より具体的には、1分子中にカルボニル基(-C(=O)-)を2個以上有するものが挙げられる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additives include antistatic agents, antioxidants, softeners (plasticizers), fillers (fillers), rust inhibitors, colorants (pigments, dyes), sensitizers, and tackifiers. And known additives such as reaction retarders and crosslinking accelerators (catalysts).
Incidentally, the reaction retarding agent means, for example, an undesired crosslinking reaction in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) during storage by the action of the catalyst mixed in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1). It suppresses progress. Examples of the reaction retarder include those that form a chelate complex by chelation against a catalyst. More specifically, one having two or more carbonyl groups (—C (═O) —) in one molecule can be mentioned.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していてもよい。粘着剤組成物(I-1)は、溶媒を含有していることで、塗工対象面への塗工適性が向上する。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may contain a solvent. Since the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) contains a solvent, the suitability for coating on the surface to be coated is improved.
 前記溶媒は有機溶媒であることが好ましい。前記有機溶媒としては、例えば、メチルエチルケトン、アセトン等のケトン;酢酸エチル等のエステル(カルボン酸エステル);テトラヒドロフラン、ジオキサン等のエーテル;シクロヘキサン、n-ヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素;1-プロパノール、2-プロパノール等のアルコール等が挙げられる。 The solvent is preferably an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent include ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and acetone; esters such as ethyl acetate (carboxylic acid esters); ethers such as tetrahydrofuran and dioxane; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane and n-hexane; toluene and xylene. Aromatic hydrocarbons; alcohols such as 1-propanol and 2-propanol.
 前記溶媒としては、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の製造時に用いたものを粘着性樹脂(I-1a)から取り除かずに、そのまま粘着剤組成物(I-1)において用いてもよい。また、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の製造時に用いたものと同一又は異なる種類の溶媒を、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の製造時に別途添加してもよい。 As the solvent, for example, the solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be used as it is in the adhesive composition (I-1) without being removed from the adhesive resin (I-1a). . Further, the same or different type of solvent used in the production of the adhesive resin (I-1a) may be added separately during the production of the adhesive composition (I-1).
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-2)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、上述の様に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の側鎖に不飽和基が導入されたエネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-2a)を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-2)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) is an energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin in which an unsaturated group is introduced into the side chain of the non-energy-ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). (I-2a) is contained.
[粘着性樹脂(I-2a)]
 前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基に、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有する不飽和基含有化合物を反応させることで得られる。
[Adhesive resin (I-2a)]
The adhesive resin (I-2a) can be obtained, for example, by reacting a functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) with an unsaturated group-containing compound having an energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group.
 前記不飽和基含有化合物は、前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基以外に、さらに粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と反応することで、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と結合可能な基を有する化合物である。
 前記エネルギー線重合性不飽和基としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基(エテニル基)、アリル基(2-プロペニル基)等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基が好ましい。
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)中の官能基と結合可能な基としては、例えば、水酸基又はアミノ基と結合可能なイソシアネート基及びグリシジル基、並びにカルボキシ基又はエポキシ基と結合可能な水酸基及びアミノ基等が挙げられる。
The unsaturated group-containing compound can be bonded to the adhesive resin (I-1a) by reacting with the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) in addition to the energy ray polymerizable unsaturated group. A compound having a group.
Examples of the energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group (ethenyl group), allyl group (2-propenyl group) and the like, and (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the group capable of binding to the functional group in the adhesive resin (I-1a) include, for example, an isocyanate group and a glycidyl group that can be bonded to a hydroxyl group or an amino group, and a hydroxyl group and an amino group that can be bonded to a carboxy group or an epoxy group. Etc.
 前記不飽和基含有化合物としては、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、(メタ)アクリロイルイソシアネート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。 Examples of the unsaturated group-containing compound include (meth) acryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, (meth) acryloyl isocyanate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, and the like.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-2a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましい。10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、10~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass. The content is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and particularly preferably 10 to 90% by mass.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-2a)として、例えば、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)におけるものと同様の、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに架橋剤を含有していてもよい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer similar to that in the adhesive resin (I-1a) is used as the adhesive resin (I-2a), for example, an adhesive composition ( I-2) may further contain a crosslinking agent.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same crosslinking agents as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましい。0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by weight, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by weight.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) containing the photopolymerization initiator sufficiently proceeds with the curing reaction even when irradiated with a relatively low energy beam such as ultraviolet rays.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましい。0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a). . The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-2)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-3)>
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、上述の様に、前記粘着性樹脂(I-2a)と、エネルギー線硬化性化合物と、を含有する。
<Adhesive composition (I-3)>
As described above, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) contains the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and an energy ray-curable compound.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましい。10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-2a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass. It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
[エネルギー線硬化性化合物]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物としては、エネルギー線重合性不飽和基を有し、エネルギー線の照射により硬化可能なモノマー及びオリゴマーが挙げられる。さらに、粘着剤組成物(I-1)が含有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Energy ray curable compound]
Examples of the energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include monomers and oligomers having an energy ray-polymerizable unsaturated group and curable by irradiation with energy rays. Furthermore, the same thing as the energy-beam curable compound which adhesive composition (I-1) contains is mentioned.
The energy ray-curable compound contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~300質量部であることが好ましい。0.03~200質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~100質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the energy ray-curable compound is 0.01 to 300 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the adhesive resin (I-2a). It is preferable. The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 200 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 100 parts by mass.
[光重合開始剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、さらに光重合開始剤を含有していてもよい。光重合開始剤を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、紫外線等の比較的低エネルギーのエネルギー線を照射しても、十分に硬化反応が進行する。
[Photopolymerization initiator]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may further contain a photopolymerization initiator. The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) containing a photopolymerization initiator sufficiently undergoes a curing reaction even when irradiated with energy rays of relatively low energy such as ultraviolet rays.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記光重合開始剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における光重合開始剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same photopolymerization initiator as in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The photopolymerization initiator contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、光重合開始剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-2a)及び前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましい。0.03~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.05~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.01 to about 100 parts by mass of the total content of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-2a) and the energy ray curable compound. It is preferably 20 parts by mass. The amount is more preferably 0.03 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.05 to 5 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-3)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted as appropriate.
<粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物>
 ここまでは、粘着剤組成物(I-1)、粘着剤組成物(I-2)及び粘着剤組成物(I-3)について主に説明した。しかしながら、これらの含有成分として説明したものは、これら3種の粘着剤組成物以外の全般的な粘着剤組成物(本明細書においては、「粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物」と称する)でも、同様に用いることができる。
<Adhesive compositions other than adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3)>
So far, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1), the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-2) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-3) have been mainly described. However, what has been described as these containing components is the general pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than these three types of pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (in this specification, “pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I- It can also be used in the same manner as “adhesive composition other than 3)”.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物としては、エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物以外に、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物も挙げられる。
 非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、アクリル系樹脂、ウレタン系樹脂、ゴム系樹脂、シリコーン系樹脂、エポキシ系樹脂、ポリビニルエーテル、ポリカーボネート、エステル系樹脂等の、非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着性樹脂(I-1a)を含有する粘着剤組成物(I-4)が挙げられる。中でもアクリル系樹脂を含有するものが好ましい。
Examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) include non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions in addition to the energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition.
Examples of the non-energy ray curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition include the following. For example, it contains non-energy ray-curable adhesive resin (I-1a) such as acrylic resin, urethane resin, rubber resin, silicone resin, epoxy resin, polyvinyl ether, polycarbonate, ester resin, etc. An adhesive composition (I-4) can be mentioned. Among these, those containing an acrylic resin are preferable.
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、1種又は2種以上の架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。その含有量は、上述の粘着剤組成物(I-1)等の場合と同様とすることができる。 The pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) preferably contain one or more kinds of crosslinking agents. The content can be the same as in the case of the above-mentioned pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1) and the like.
<粘着剤組成物(I-4)>
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)で好ましいものとしては、例えば、前記粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と、架橋剤と、を含有するものが挙げられる。
<Adhesive composition (I-4)>
Preferred examples of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include those containing the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) and a crosslinking agent.
[粘着性樹脂(I-1a)]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における粘着性樹脂(I-1a)と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する粘着性樹脂(I-1a)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Adhesive resin (I-1a)]
Examples of the adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same as the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a) in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The adhesive resin (I-1a) contained in the adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量は、5~99質量%であることが好ましい。10~95質量%であることがより好ましく、15~90質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the pressure-sensitive resin (I-1a) is preferably 5 to 99% by mass. It is more preferably 10 to 95% by mass, and particularly preferably 15 to 90% by mass.
[架橋剤]
 粘着性樹脂(I-1a)として、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル由来の構成単位以外に、さらに、官能基含有モノマー由来の構成単位を有する前記アクリル系重合体を用いる場合、粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、さらに架橋剤を含有することが好ましい。
[Crosslinking agent]
When the acrylic polymer having a structural unit derived from a functional group-containing monomer in addition to the structural unit derived from (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester is used as the adhesive resin (I-1a), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition ( I-4) preferably further contains a crosslinking agent.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における架橋剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における架橋剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する架橋剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the crosslinking agent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same crosslinking agents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The crosslinking agent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、架橋剤の含有量は、粘着性樹脂(I-1a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~50質量部であることが好ましい。0.1~20質量部であることがより好ましく、0.3~15質量部であることが特に好ましい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the crosslinking agent is preferably 0.01 to 50 parts by weight with respect to 100 parts by weight of the pressure-sensitive adhesive resin (I-1a). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 20 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 15 parts by mass.
[その他の添加剤]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲内において、上述のいずれの成分にも該当しない、その他の添加剤を含有していてもよい。
 前記その他の添加剤としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)におけるその他の添加剤と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有するその他の添加剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Other additives]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain other additives that do not fall under any of the above-mentioned components within a range not impairing the effects of the present invention.
Examples of the other additive include the same additives as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The other additive contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be only one type, or two or more types, and in the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、その他の添加剤の含有量は特に限定されず、その種類に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of other additives is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the type.
[溶媒]
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)は、粘着剤組成物(I-1)の場合と同様の目的で、溶媒を含有していてもよい。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)における前記溶媒としては、粘着剤組成物(I-1)における溶媒と同じものが挙げられる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 粘着剤組成物(I-4)において、溶媒の含有量は特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよい。
[solvent]
The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may contain a solvent for the same purpose as that of the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
Examples of the solvent in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) include the same solvents as those in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-1).
The solvent contained in the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
In the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4), the content of the solvent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately adjusted.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおいて、粘着剤層は非エネルギー線硬化性であることが好ましい。これは、粘着剤層がエネルギー線硬化性であると、エネルギー線の照射によって保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させるときに、粘着剤層も同時に硬化するのを抑制できないことがあるためである。粘着剤層が保護膜形成用フィルムと同時に硬化してしまうと、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム及び粘着剤層がこれらの界面において剥離不能な程度に貼り付いてしまうことがある。その場合、硬化後の保護膜形成用フィルム、すなわち保護膜を裏面に備えた半導体チップ(本明細書においては、「保護膜付き半導体チップ」と称することがある)を、硬化後の粘着剤層を備えた支持シートから剥離させることが困難となる。そしてその結果、保護膜付き半導体チップを正常にピックアップできなくなってしまう。本発明における支持シートで、粘着剤層を非エネルギー線硬化性のものとすることで、このような不具合を確実に回避でき、保護膜付き半導体チップをより容易にピックアップできる。 In the composite sheet for forming a protective film of the present invention, the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is preferably non-energy ray curable. This is because when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is energy ray curable, it is sometimes impossible to suppress the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer from being simultaneously cured when the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiation with energy rays. If the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is cured at the same time as the protective film-forming film, the cured protective film-forming film and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer may stick to the interface so as not to be peeled off. In that case, a cured protective film-forming film, that is, a semiconductor chip provided with a protective film on the back surface (in this specification, sometimes referred to as “semiconductor chip with protective film”) is cured adhesive layer. It becomes difficult to make it peel from the support sheet provided with. As a result, the semiconductor chip with a protective film cannot be picked up normally. By making the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer non-energy ray curable with the support sheet in the present invention, such a problem can be reliably avoided and a semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up more easily.
 ここでは、粘着剤層が非エネルギー線硬化性である場合の効果について説明した。しかしながら、支持シートの保護膜形成用フィルムと直接接触している層が粘着剤層以外の層であっても、この層が非エネルギー線硬化性であれば、同様の効果を奏する。 Here, the effect when the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is non-energy ray curable has been described. However, even if the layer in direct contact with the protective film-forming film of the support sheet is a layer other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer, the same effect can be obtained as long as this layer is non-energy ray curable.
<<粘着剤組成物の製造方法>>
 粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)や、粘着剤組成物(I-4)等の粘着剤組成物(I-1)~(I-3)以外の粘着剤組成物は、前記粘着剤と、必要に応じて前記粘着剤以外の成分等の、粘着剤組成物を構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
 各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
<< Method for producing pressure-sensitive adhesive composition >>
The pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive compositions (I-1) to (I-3) and the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) It is obtained by blending each component for constituting the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition, such as the pressure-sensitive adhesive and components other than the pressure-sensitive adhesive, if necessary.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
 溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよい。また、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
 配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されない。例えば、撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
 各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されず、適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。
When using a solvent, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance. Moreover, you may use by mixing a solvent with these compounding components, without diluting any compounding components other than a solvent previously.
The method of mixing each component at the time of mixing is not particularly limited. For example, the method may be appropriately selected from known methods such as a method of mixing by rotating a stirrer or a stirring blade; a method of mixing using a mixer; a method of mixing by applying ultrasonic waves.
The temperature and time during the addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate, and may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
◎保護膜形成用フィルム
 本発明において、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜と、支持シートとの間の粘着力は、50~1500mN/25mmであることが好ましい。52~1450mN/25mmであることがより好ましく、53~1430mN/25mmであることがさらに好ましい。前記粘着力が前記下限値以上であることで、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ時に、目的外の保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップが抑制される。そしてその結果、目的とする保護膜付き半導体チップを高選択的にピックアップできる。また、前記粘着力が前記上限値以下であることで、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ時に、半導体チップの割れ及び欠けが抑制される。このように、前記粘着力が特定の範囲内であることで、保護膜形成用複合シートは、良好なピックアップ適性を有する。
◎ Protective film-forming film In the present invention, the adhesive force between the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is preferably 50 to 1500 mN / 25 mm. More preferably, it is 52 to 1450 mN / 25 mm, and further preferably 53 to 1430 mN / 25 mm. When the adhesive force is greater than or equal to the lower limit, pickup of a semiconductor chip with a protective film that is not the purpose is suppressed during pickup of the semiconductor chip with a protective film. As a result, the target semiconductor chip with a protective film can be picked up with high selectivity. Moreover, when the adhesive force is equal to or less than the upper limit value, cracking and chipping of the semiconductor chip are suppressed when the semiconductor chip with a protective film is picked up. Thus, when the adhesive force is within a specific range, the composite sheet for forming a protective film has good pickup suitability.
 なお、本発明においては、保護膜形成用フィルムが硬化した後であっても、支持シート及び保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化物(換言すると、支持シート及び保護膜)の積層構造が維持されている限り、この積層構造体を「保護膜形成用複合シート」と称する。 In the present invention, even after the protective film-forming film is cured, the laminated structure of the cured product of the support sheet and the protective film-forming film (in other words, the support sheet and the protective film) is maintained. As long as this laminate structure is referred to as a “composite sheet for forming a protective film”.
 保護膜と支持シートとの間の粘着力は、以下の方法で測定できる。
 すなわち、幅が25mmで長さが任意の保護膜形成用複合シートをその保護膜形成用フィルムにより被着体へ貼付する。
 次いで、エネルギー線を照射して保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて、保護膜を形成する。しかる後、被着体へ貼付されているこの保護膜から、支持シートを剥離速度300mm/minで剥離させる。このときの剥離は、保護膜及び支持シートの互いに接触していた面同士が180°の角度を為すように、支持シートをその長さ方向(保護膜形成用複合シートの長さ方向)へ剥離させる、いわゆる180°剥離とする。そして、この180°剥離のときの荷重(剥離力)を測定し、その測定値を前記粘着力(mN/25mm)とする。
The adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet can be measured by the following method.
That is, a protective film-forming composite sheet having a width of 25 mm and an arbitrary length is attached to an adherend by the protective film-forming film.
Next, the protective film-forming film is cured by irradiating energy rays to form a protective film. Thereafter, the support sheet is peeled off at a peeling speed of 300 mm / min from this protective film adhered to the adherend. At this time, the support sheet is peeled in the length direction (the length direction of the composite sheet for forming the protective film) so that the surfaces of the protective film and the support sheet that are in contact with each other form an angle of 180 °. The so-called 180 ° peeling is performed. And the load (peeling force) at the time of this 180 degree | times peeling is measured, and let the measured value be the said adhesive force (mN / 25mm).
 測定に供する保護膜形成用複合シートの長さは、粘着力を安定して検出できる範囲であれば、特に限定されない。100~300mmであることが好ましい。また、測定に際しては、保護膜形成用複合シートを被着体へ貼付した状態とし、保護膜形成用複合シートの貼付状態を安定化させておくことが好ましい。 The length of the protective film-forming composite sheet used for measurement is not particularly limited as long as the adhesive force can be stably detected. It is preferably 100 to 300 mm. In the measurement, it is preferable that the protective sheet-forming composite sheet is stuck on the adherend and the sticking state of the protective film-forming composite sheet is stabilized.
 本発明において、保護膜形成用フィルムと前記支持シートとの間の粘着力は、特に限定されない。例えば、80mN/25mm以上等であってもよいが、100mN/25mm以上であることが好ましい。150mN/25mm以上であることがより好ましく、200mN/25mm以上であることが特に好ましい。前記粘着力が100mN/25mm以上であることで、ダイシング時において、保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの剥離が抑制される。その結果、例えば、裏面に保護膜形成用フィルムを備えた半導体チップの支持シートからの飛散が抑制される。
 一方、保護膜形成用フィルムと前記支持シートとの間の粘着力の上限値は、特に限定されない。例えば、4000mN/25mm、3500mN/25mm、3000mN/25mm等のいずれかとすることができる。ただし、これらは一例である。
In the present invention, the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not particularly limited. For example, it may be 80 mN / 25 mm or more, but is preferably 100 mN / 25 mm or more. It is more preferably 150 mN / 25 mm or more, and particularly preferably 200 mN / 25 mm or more. When the adhesive force is 100 mN / 25 mm or more, peeling between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is suppressed during dicing. As a result, for example, scattering from the support sheet of the semiconductor chip provided with the protective film forming film on the back surface is suppressed.
On the other hand, the upper limit of the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not particularly limited. For example, it can be any of 4000 mN / 25 mm, 3500 mN / 25 mm, 3000 mN / 25 mm, and the like. However, these are examples.
 保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力は、測定に供する保護膜形成用フィルムの、エネルギー線の照射による硬化を行わない点以外は、上述の保護膜と支持シートとの間の粘着力と同じ方法で測定できる。 The adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is between the protective film and the support sheet, except that the protective film-forming film used for measurement is not cured by irradiation with energy rays. It can be measured by the same method as adhesive strength.
 上述の、保護膜と支持シートとの間の粘着力、及び保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力は、適宜調節できる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの含有成分の種類及び量、支持シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムを設ける層の構成材料、この層の表面状態等を調節することで、調節できる。 The above-mentioned adhesive force between the protective film and the support sheet and the adhesive force between the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be appropriately adjusted. For example, it can be adjusted by adjusting the type and amount of the components contained in the protective film-forming film, the constituent material of the layer on the support sheet where the protective film-forming film is provided, the surface state of this layer, and the like.
 例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの含有成分の種類及び量は、後述する保護膜形成用組成物の含有成分の種類及び量により調節できる。そして、保護膜形成用組成物の含有成分のうち、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の種類及び含有量、充填材(d)の含有量、又は架橋剤(f)の含有量を調節することで、保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力をより容易に調節できる。 For example, the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming film can be adjusted by the type and amount of the component contained in the protective film-forming composition described below. And among the components of the composition for forming a protective film, for example, the type and content of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group, the content of the filler (d), or the crosslinking agent (f) By adjusting the content of, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet can be adjusted more easily.
 また、例えば、支持シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムを設ける層が、粘着剤層である場合には、その構成材料は、粘着剤層の含有成分の種類及び量を調節することで、適宜調節できる。そして、粘着剤層の含有成分の種類及び量は、上述の粘着剤組成物の含有成分の種類及び量により調節できる。
 一方、支持シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムを設ける層が、基材である場合には、保護膜又は保護膜形成用フィルムと支持シートとの間の粘着力は、基材の構成材料以外に、基材の表面状態でも調節できる。そして、基材の表面状態は以下の処理を施すことにより調節できる。例えば、基材の他の層との密着性を向上させるものとして先に挙げた表面処理、すなわち、サンドブラスト処理、溶剤処理等による凹凸化処理;コロナ放電処理、電子線照射処理、プラズマ処理、オゾン・紫外線照射処理、火炎処理、クロム酸処理、熱風処理等の酸化処理;プライマー処理等のいずれかを施す。
In addition, for example, when the layer for providing the protective film-forming film in the support sheet is an adhesive layer, the constituent material can be adjusted as appropriate by adjusting the type and amount of components contained in the adhesive layer. . And the kind and quantity of the component of an adhesive layer can be adjusted with the kind and quantity of the component of an above-mentioned adhesive composition.
On the other hand, when the layer for providing the protective film-forming film in the support sheet is a base material, the adhesive force between the protective film or the protective film-forming film and the support sheet is not limited to the constituent material of the base material. The surface condition of the substrate can also be adjusted. And the surface state of a base material can be adjusted by performing the following processes. For example, the surface treatment mentioned above for improving the adhesion to other layers of the substrate, that is, roughening treatment by sandblast treatment, solvent treatment, etc .; corona discharge treatment, electron beam irradiation treatment, plasma treatment, ozone -Oxidation treatment such as ultraviolet irradiation treatment, flame treatment, chromic acid treatment, hot air treatment, etc .;
 保護膜形成用フィルムは、エネルギー線硬化性を有する。例えば、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及び光ラジカル開始剤(c’)を含有するものが挙げられる。
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)は、未硬化であることが好ましく、粘着性を有することが好ましく、未硬化でかつ粘着性を有することがより好ましい。
The protective film-forming film has energy ray curability. For example, what contains an energy-beam curable component (a) and a photoradical initiator (c ') is mentioned.
The energy ray curable component (a) is preferably uncured, preferably tacky, and more preferably uncured and tacky.
 保護膜形成用フィルムは1層(単層)のみでもよいし、2層以上の複数層でもよい。複数層である場合、これら複数層は、互いに同一でも異なっていてもよく、これら複数層の組み合わせは特に限定されない。 The protective film-forming film may be a single layer (single layer) or a plurality of layers of two or more layers. In the case of a plurality of layers, these layers may be the same as or different from each other, and the combination of these layers is not particularly limited.
 保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さは、1~100μmであることが好ましい。5~75μmであることがより好ましく、5~50μmであることが特に好ましい。保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記下限値以上であることで、保護能がより高い保護膜を形成できる。また、保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さが前記上限値以下であることで、過剰な厚さとなることが抑制される。
 ここで、「保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さ」とは、保護膜形成用フィルム全体の厚さを意味する。例えば、複数層からなる保護膜形成用フィルムの厚さとは、保護膜形成用フィルムを構成するすべての層の合計の厚さを意味する。
The thickness of the protective film-forming film is preferably 1 to 100 μm. It is more preferably 5 to 75 μm, and particularly preferably 5 to 50 μm. When the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or more than the lower limit value, a protective film having higher protective ability can be formed. Moreover, when the thickness of the protective film-forming film is equal to or less than the upper limit, an excessive thickness is suppressed.
Here, the “thickness of the protective film-forming film” means the thickness of the entire protective film-forming film. For example, the thickness of the protective film-forming film composed of a plurality of layers means the total thickness of all layers constituting the protective film-forming film.
 保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜を形成するときの硬化条件は、保護膜が十分にその機能を発揮する程度の硬化度となる限り特に限定されない。保護膜形成用フィルムの種類に応じて、適宜選択すればよい。
 例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化時における、エネルギー線の照度は、4~280mW/cmであることが好ましい。そして、前記硬化時における、エネルギー線の光量は、3~1000mJ/cmであることが好ましい。
The curing conditions for forming the protective film by curing the protective film-forming film are not particularly limited as long as the degree of curing is such that the protective film sufficiently exhibits its function. What is necessary is just to select suitably according to the kind of film for protective film formation.
For example, the illuminance of the energy rays when the protective film-forming film is cured is preferably 4 to 280 mW / cm 2 . The amount of energy rays during the curing is preferably 3 to 1000 mJ / cm 2 .
<<保護膜形成用組成物>>
 保護膜形成用フィルムは、その構成材料を含有する保護膜形成用組成物を用いて形成できる。例えば、保護膜形成用フィルムの形成対象面に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、目的とする部位に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成できる。保護膜形成用組成物中の、常温で気化しない成分同士の含有量の比率は、通常、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記成分同士の含有量の比率と同じとなる。ここで、「常温」とは、先に説明したとおりである。
<< Composition for forming protective film >>
The protective film-forming film can be formed using a protective film-forming composition containing the constituent materials. For example, the protective film-forming film can be formed at the target site by applying the protective film-forming composition to the surface on which the protective film-forming film is to be formed and drying it as necessary. In the composition for forming a protective film, the content ratio of components that do not vaporize at room temperature is usually the same as the content ratio of the components of the film for forming a protective film. Here, “normal temperature” is as described above.
 保護膜形成用組成物の塗工は、公知の方法で行えばよい。例えば、エアーナイフコーター、ブレードコーター、バーコーター、グラビアコーター、ロールコーター、ロールナイフコーター、カーテンコーター、ダイコーター、ナイフコーター、スクリーンコーター、マイヤーバーコーター、キスコーター等の各種コーターを用いる方法が挙げられる。 Coating of the protective film forming composition may be performed by a known method. Examples thereof include methods using various coaters such as an air knife coater, blade coater, bar coater, gravure coater, roll coater, roll knife coater, curtain coater, die coater, knife coater, screen coater, Meyer bar coater, and kiss coater.
 保護膜形成用組成物の乾燥条件は、特に限定されない。保護膜形成用組成物は、後述する溶媒を含有している場合、加熱乾燥させることが好ましく、この場合、例えば、70~130℃で10秒~5分の条件で乾燥させることが好ましい。 The drying conditions of the protective film forming composition are not particularly limited. When the composition for forming a protective film contains a solvent described later, it is preferably dried by heating. In this case, for example, it is preferably dried at 70 to 130 ° C. for 10 seconds to 5 minutes.
<保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)>
 保護膜形成用組成物としては、例えば、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及び光ラジカル開始剤(c’)を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等が挙げられる。
<Composition for forming protective film (IV-1)>
Examples of the protective film-forming composition include the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the photo radical initiator (c ′).
[エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)]
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)は、エネルギー線の照射によって硬化する成分であり、保護膜形成用フィルムに造膜性や、可撓性等を付与するための成分でもある。
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)としては、例えば、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)、及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)が挙げられる。前記重合体(a1)は、その少なくとも一部が、後述する架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。
 なお、本明細書において、重量平均分子量とは、特に断りのない限り、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)法により測定されるポリスチレン換算値を意味する。
[Energy ray curable component (a)]
The energy ray-curable component (a) is a component that is cured by irradiation with energy rays, and is also a component for imparting film-forming property, flexibility, and the like to the protective film-forming film.
Examples of the energy ray-curable component (a) include a polymer (a1) having an energy ray-curable group and a weight average molecular weight of 80000 to 2000000, and an energy ray-curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80000. A compound (a2) is mentioned. The polymer (a1) may be at least partially crosslinked by a crosslinking agent (f) described later, or may not be crosslinked.
In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight means a polystyrene equivalent value measured by a gel permeation chromatography (GPC) method unless otherwise specified.
(エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1))
 エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、重量平均分子量が80000~2000000の重合体(a1)としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)と、前記官能基と反応する基、及びエネルギー線硬化性二重結合等のエネルギー線硬化性基を有するエネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)と、が重合してなるアクリル系樹脂(a1-1)が挙げられる。
(Polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000)
Examples of the polymer (a1) having an energy ray curable group and having a weight average molecular weight of 80,000 to 2,000,000 include the following. For example, an acrylic polymer (a11) having a functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound, a group that reacts with the functional group, and an energy ray curable group such as an energy ray curable double bond An acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by polymerizing the energy beam curable compound (a12).
 他の化合物が有する基と反応可能な前記官能基としては、例えば、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基(アミノ基の1個又は2個の水素原子が水素原子以外の基で置換されてなる基)、エポキシ基等が挙げられる。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップ等の回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。
 これらの中でも、前記官能基は、水酸基であることが好ましい。
Examples of the functional group capable of reacting with a group possessed by another compound include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a substituted amino group (one or two hydrogen atoms of the amino group are substituted with a group other than a hydrogen atom). Group), an epoxy group, and the like. However, the functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group from the viewpoint of preventing corrosion of a circuit such as a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
Among these, the functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group.
・官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)
 前記官能基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)としては、例えば、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーと、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーと、が共重合してなるものが挙げられ、これらモノマー以外に、さらにアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー(非アクリル系モノマー)が共重合したものであってもよい。
 また、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)は、ランダム共重合体であってもよいし、ブロック共重合体であってもよい。
-Acrylic polymer having a functional group (a11)
Examples of the acrylic polymer (a11) having the functional group include those obtained by copolymerizing an acrylic monomer having the functional group and an acrylic monomer having no functional group. In addition to monomers, monomers other than acrylic monomers (non-acrylic monomers) may be copolymerized.
The acrylic polymer (a11) may be a random copolymer or a block copolymer.
 前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマー、アミノ基含有モノマー、置換アミノ基含有モノマー、エポキシ基含有モノマー等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having a functional group include a hydroxyl group-containing monomer, a carboxy group-containing monomer, an amino group-containing monomer, a substituted amino group-containing monomer, and an epoxy group-containing monomer.
 前記水酸基含有モノマーとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等の(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシアルキル;ビニルアルコール、アリルアルコール等の非(メタ)アクリル系不飽和アルコール((メタ)アクリロイル骨格を有しない不飽和アルコール)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing monomer include the following. For example, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, Hydroxyalkyl (meth) acrylates such as 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate; non- (meth) acrylic unsaturated alcohols such as vinyl alcohol and allyl alcohol ((meth) acryloyl) And unsaturated alcohol having no skeleton).
 前記カルボキシ基含有モノマーとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、クロトン酸等のエチレン性不飽和モノカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノカルボン酸);フマル酸、イタコン酸、マレイン酸、シトラコン酸等のエチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸(エチレン性不飽和結合を有するジカルボン酸);前記エチレン性不飽和ジカルボン酸の無水物;2-カルボキシエチルメタクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸カルボキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing monomer include the following. For example, ethylenically unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as (meth) acrylic acid and crotonic acid (monocarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as fumaric acid, itaconic acid, maleic acid and citraconic acid Examples thereof include acids (dicarboxylic acids having an ethylenically unsaturated bond); anhydrides of the ethylenically unsaturated dicarboxylic acids; (meth) acrylic acid carboxyalkyl esters such as 2-carboxyethyl methacrylate and the like.
 前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーは、水酸基含有モノマー、カルボキシ基含有モノマーが好ましく、水酸基含有モノマーがより好ましい。 The acrylic monomer having a functional group is preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer or a carboxy group-containing monomer, more preferably a hydroxyl group-containing monomer.
 前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic monomer having the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル)等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が1~18の鎖状構造である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the acrylic monomer having no functional group include the following. For example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) Sec-butyl acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Isooctyl acid, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (( (Meth) acrylic acid lauryl), (meth) acrylic acid tridecyl, (meth) acrylic acid tet Decyl (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate ((meth) acrylic) (Meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as acid stearyl).
 また、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸メトキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エトキシエチル等のアルコキシアルキル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;(メタ)アクリル酸フェニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アリールエステル等を含む、芳香族基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;非架橋性の(メタ)アクリルアミド及びその誘導体;(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミノエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸N,N-ジメチルアミノプロピル等の非架橋性の3級アミノ基を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等も挙げられる。 Moreover, the following are mentioned as an acryl-type monomer which does not have the said functional group. For example, (meth) acrylic acid ester containing alkoxyalkyl groups such as methoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, methoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxymethyl (meth) acrylate, ethoxyethyl (meth) acrylate; (meth) acrylic (Meth) acrylic acid ester having an aromatic group including (meth) acrylic acid aryl ester such as phenyl acid; non-crosslinkable (meth) acrylamide and derivatives thereof; (meth) acrylic acid N, N-dimethylamino Examples also include (meth) acrylic acid esters having a non-crosslinkable tertiary amino group such as ethyl and N, N-dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate.
 前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する、前記官能基を有しないアクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic monomer which does not have the functional group constituting the acrylic polymer (a11) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記非アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、ノルボルネン等のオレフィン;酢酸ビニル;スチレン等が挙げられる。
 前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーは、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
Examples of the non-acrylic monomer include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
The said non-acrylic monomer which comprises the said acrylic polymer (a11) may be only 1 type, and 2 or more types may be sufficient as it. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記アクリル系重合体(a11)において、これを構成する構成単位の全量に対する、前記官能基を有するアクリル系モノマーから誘導された構成単位の量の割合(含有量)は、0.1~50質量%であることが好ましい。1~40質量%であることがより好ましく、3~30質量%であることが特に好ましい。前記割合がこのような範囲であることで、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)と前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)との共重合によって得られた前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)において、エネルギー線硬化性基の含有量は、第1保護膜の硬化の程度を好ましい範囲に容易に調節可能となる。 In the acrylic polymer (a11), the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the acrylic monomer having the functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer is 0.1 to 50 mass. % Is preferred. The content is more preferably 1 to 40% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 30% by mass. When the ratio is within such a range, the acrylic resin (a1-1) obtained by copolymerization of the acrylic polymer (a11) and the energy ray-curable compound (a12) The content of the linear curable group can easily adjust the degree of curing of the first protective film within a preferable range.
 前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)を構成する前記アクリル系重合体(a11)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The acrylic polymer (a11) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)の含有量は、1~40質量%であることが好ましい。2~30質量%であることがより好ましく、3~20質量%であることが特に好ましい。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the acrylic resin (a1-1) is preferably 1 to 40% by mass. The content is more preferably 2 to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 3 to 20% by mass.
・エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)
 前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)が有する官能基と反応可能な基として、イソシアネート基、エポキシ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群より選択される1種又は2種以上を有するものが好ましく、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有するものがより好ましい。前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、例えば、前記基としてイソシアネート基を有する場合、このイソシアネート基が、前記官能基として水酸基を有するアクリル系重合体(a11)のこの水酸基と容易に反応する。
Energy beam curable compound (a12)
The energy ray curable compound (a12) is one or two selected from the group consisting of an isocyanate group, an epoxy group and a carboxy group as a group capable of reacting with the functional group of the acrylic polymer (a11). Those having the above are preferred, and those having an isocyanate group as the group are more preferred. For example, when the energy beam curable compound (a12) has an isocyanate group as the group, the isocyanate group easily reacts with the hydroxyl group of the acrylic polymer (a11) having a hydroxyl group as the functional group.
 前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、1分子中に前記エネルギー線硬化性基を1~5個有することが好ましく、1~3個有することがより好ましい。 The energy ray curable compound (a12) preferably has 1 to 5 energy ray curable groups in one molecule, and more preferably 1 to 3 energy ray curable groups.
 前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネート、メタ-イソプロペニル-α,α-ジメチルベンジルイソシアネート、メタクリロイルイソシアネート、アリルイソシアネート、1,1-(ビスアクリロイルオキシメチル)エチルイソシアネート;
 ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物;
 ジイソシアネート化合物又はポリイソシアネート化合物と、ポリオール化合物と、ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応により得られるアクリロイルモノイソシアネート化合物等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルイソシアネートであることが好ましい。
Examples of the energy ray curable compound (a12) include the following. For example, 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate, meta-isopropenyl-α, α-dimethylbenzyl isocyanate, methacryloyl isocyanate, allyl isocyanate, 1,1- (bisacryloyloxymethyl) ethyl isocyanate;
An acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by reacting a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound with hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate;
Examples thereof include an acryloyl monoisocyanate compound obtained by a reaction of a diisocyanate compound or polyisocyanate compound, a polyol compound, and hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate.
Among these, the energy beam curable compound (a12) is preferably 2-methacryloyloxyethyl isocyanate.
 前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)を構成する前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The energy ray-curable compound (a12) constituting the acrylic resin (a1-1) may be only one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 前記アクリル系樹脂(a1-1)において、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)に由来する前記官能基の含有量に対する、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)に由来するエネルギー線硬化性基の含有量の割合は、20~120モル%であることが好ましい。35~100モル%であることがより好ましく、50~100モル%であることが特に好ましい。前記含有量の割合がこのような範囲であることで、硬化により形成された保護膜の接着力がより大きくなる。なお、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)が一官能(前記基を1分子中に1個有する)化合物である場合には、前記含有量の割合の上限値は100モル%となる。但し、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)が多官能(前記基を1分子中に2個以上有する)化合物である場合には、前記含有量の割合の上限値は100モル%を超えることがある。 In the acrylic resin (a1-1), the content of the energy beam curable group derived from the energy beam curable compound (a12) with respect to the content of the functional group derived from the acrylic polymer (a11). The ratio is preferably 20 to 120 mol%. More preferably, it is 35 to 100 mol%, and particularly preferably 50 to 100 mol%. When the ratio of the content is within such a range, the adhesive force of the protective film formed by curing is further increased. In addition, when the said energy-beam curable compound (a12) is a monofunctional (it has 1 said group in 1 molecule) compound, the upper limit of the ratio of the said content will be 100 mol%. However, when the energy ray curable compound (a12) is a polyfunctional compound (having two or more of the groups in one molecule), the upper limit of the content ratio may exceed 100 mol%. is there.
 前記重合体(a1)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、100000~2000000であることが好ましく、300000~1500000であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (a1) is preferably 100,000 to 2,000,000, and more preferably 300,000 to 1500,000.
 前記重合体(a1)が、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものである場合、前記重合体(a1)は、前記アクリル系重合体(a11)を構成するものとして説明した、上述のモノマーのいずれにも該当せず、かつ架橋剤(f)と反応する基を有するモノマーが重合して、前記架橋剤(f)と反応する基において架橋されたものであってもよい。また、前記エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a12)に由来する、前記官能基と反応する基において、架橋されたものであってもよい。 In the case where the polymer (a1) is at least partly crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f), the polymer (a1) is described as constituting the acrylic polymer (a11). A monomer that does not correspond to any of the above-described monomers and has a group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f) is polymerized to be crosslinked at the group that reacts with the crosslinking agent (f). . Moreover, what was bridge | crosslinked in the group which reacts with the said functional group derived from the said energy-beam curable compound (a12) may be used.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記重合体(a1)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The polymer (a1) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
(エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2))
 エネルギー線硬化性基を有する、分子量が100~80000の化合物(a2)が有するエネルギー線硬化性基としては、エネルギー線硬化性二重結合を含む基が挙げられる。好ましいものとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基等が挙げられる。
(Compound (a2) having an energy ray curable group and a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000)
Examples of the energy beam curable group having the energy beam curable group and the compound (a2) having a molecular weight of 100 to 80,000 include groups containing an energy beam curable double bond. Preferable examples include (meth) acryloyl group, vinyl group and the like.
 前記化合物(a2)は、上記の条件を満たすものであれば、特に限定されない。エネルギー線硬化性基を有する低分子量化合物、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するエポキシ樹脂、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。 The compound (a2) is not particularly limited as long as it satisfies the above conditions. Examples thereof include a low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group, an epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group, and a phenol resin having an energy ray curable group.
 前記化合物(a2)のうち、エネルギー線硬化性基を有する低分子量化合物としては、例えば、多官能のモノマー又はオリゴマー等が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するアクリレート系化合物が好ましい。
 前記アクリレート系化合物としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピルメタクリレート、ポリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロポキシ化エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、エトキシ化ビスフェノールAジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシジエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、9,9-ビス[4-(2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエトキシ)フェニル]フルオレン、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシポリプロポキシ)フェニル]プロパン、トリシクロデカンジメタノールジ(メタ)アクリレート(トリシクロデカンジメチロールジ(メタ)アクリレート)、1,10-デカンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,9-ノナンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリテトラメチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス[4-((メタ)アクリロキシエトキシ)フェニル]プロパン、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシ-1,3-ジ(メタ)アクリロキシプロパン等の2官能(メタ)アクリレート;
 トリス(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、ε-カプロラクトン変性トリス-(2-(メタ)アクリロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、エトキシ化グリセリントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジトリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エトキシ化ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールポリ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の多官能(メタ)アクリレート;
 ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等の多官能(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
Among the compounds (a2), examples of the low molecular weight compound having an energy ray curable group include polyfunctional monomers or oligomers, and an acrylate compound having a (meth) acryloyl group is preferable.
Examples of the acrylate compound include the following. For example, 2-hydroxy-3- (meth) acryloyloxypropyl methacrylate, polyethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, propoxylated ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxy) Polyethoxy) phenyl] propane, ethoxylated bisphenol A di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxydiethoxy) phenyl] propane, 9,9-bis [4- (2- ( Meth) acryloyloxyethoxy) phenyl] fluorene, 2,2-bis [4-((meth) acryloxypolypropoxy) phenyl] propane, tricyclodecane dimethanol di (meth) acrylate (tricyclodecane dimethylol di (meth) ) Acrylate), 1,10-decandioe Rudi (meth) acrylate, 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, 1,9-nonanediol di (meth) acrylate, dipropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, tripropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, polypropylene glycol Di (meth) acrylate, polytetramethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, triethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 2,2-bis [4-(( (Meth) acryloxyethoxy) phenyl] propane, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated polypropylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxy-1,3-di (meth) acryloxy Difunctional (meth) acrylates such as propane;
Tris (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ε-caprolactone modified tris- (2- (meth) acryloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethoxylated glycerin tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, Trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, ditrimethylolpropane tetra (meth) acrylate, ethoxylated pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol poly (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol hexa ( Polyfunctional (meth) acrylates such as (meth) acrylate;
Examples include polyfunctional (meth) acrylate oligomers such as urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers.
 前記化合物(a2)のうち、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するエポキシ樹脂、エネルギー線硬化性基を有するフェノール樹脂としては、例えば、「特開2013-194102号公報」の段落0043等に記載されているものを用いることができる。このような樹脂は、後述する熱硬化性成分(h)を構成する樹脂にも該当するが、本発明においては前記化合物(a2)として取り扱う。 Among the compounds (a2), the epoxy resin having an energy ray curable group and the phenol resin having an energy ray curable group are described in, for example, paragraph 0043 of “JP 2013-194102 A”. Things can be used. Such a resin corresponds to a resin constituting the thermosetting component (h) described later, but is treated as the compound (a2) in the present invention.
 前記化合物(a2)は、重量平均分子量が100~30000であることが好ましく、300~10000であることがより好ましい。 The compound (a2) preferably has a weight average molecular weight of 100 to 30,000, more preferably 300 to 10,000.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する前記化合物(a2)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The compound (a2) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
[エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムは、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)として前記化合物(a2)を含有する場合、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)も含有することが好ましい。
 前記重合体(b)は、その少なくとも一部が架橋剤(f)によって架橋されたものであってもよいし、架橋されていないものであってもよい。
[Polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group]
When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film contain the compound (a2) as the energy ray curable component (a), the polymer further does not have an energy ray curable group. It is also preferable to contain (b).
The polymer (b) may be at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) or may not be crosslinked.
 エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、アクリル系重合体、フェノキシ樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、ポリエステル、ゴム系樹脂、アクリルウレタン樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール(PVA)、ブチラール樹脂、ポリエステルウレタン樹脂等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、前記重合体(b)は、アクリル系重合体(以下、「アクリル系重合体(b-1)」と略記することがある)であることが好ましい。
Examples of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group include the following. Examples include acrylic polymers, phenoxy resins, urethane resins, polyesters, rubber resins, acrylic urethane resins, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), butyral resins, and polyester urethane resins.
Among these, the polymer (b) is preferably an acrylic polymer (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “acrylic polymer (b-1)”).
 アクリル系重合体(b-1)は、公知のものでよく、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、1種のアクリル系モノマーの単独重合体であってもよいし、2種以上のアクリル系モノマーの共重合体であってもよいし、1種又は2種以上のアクリル系モノマーと、1種又は2種以上のアクリル系モノマー以外のモノマー(非アクリル系モノマー)と、の共重合体であってもよい。 The acrylic polymer (b-1) may be a known one and includes the following. For example, a homopolymer of one kind of acrylic monomer may be used, a copolymer of two or more kinds of acrylic monomers may be used, one kind or two or more kinds of acrylic monomers, and 1 It may be a copolymer with a monomer (non-acrylic monomer) other than seeds or two or more acrylic monomers.
 アクリル系重合体(b-1)を構成する前記アクリル系モノマーとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル、環状骨格を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、グリシジル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル、置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等が挙げられる。ここで、「置換アミノ基」とは、先に説明したとおりである。 Examples of the acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include the following. For example, (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester, (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton, glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester, substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester Etc. Here, the “substituted amino group” is as described above.
 前記(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステルとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸メチル、(メタ)アクリル酸エチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-プロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸sec-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸tert-ブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンチル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-エチルヘキシル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソオクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-オクチル、(メタ)アクリル酸n-ノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸イソノニル、(メタ)アクリル酸デシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ウンデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ドデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ラウリル)、(メタ)アクリル酸トリデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸テトラデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ミリスチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ペンタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘキサデシル((メタ)アクリル酸パルミチル)、(メタ)アクリル酸ヘプタデシル、(メタ)アクリル酸オクタデシル((メタ)アクリル酸ステアリル)等の、アルキルエステルを構成するアルキル基が、炭素数が1~18の鎖状構造である(メタ)アクリル酸アルキルエステル等が挙げられる。 Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester include the following. For example, methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-propyl (meth) acrylate, isopropyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, isobutyl (meth) acrylate, (meth ) Sec-butyl acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, pentyl (meth) acrylate, hexyl (meth) acrylate, heptyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic Isooctyl acid, n-octyl (meth) acrylate, n-nonyl (meth) acrylate, isononyl (meth) acrylate, decyl (meth) acrylate, undecyl (meth) acrylate, dodecyl (meth) acrylate (( (Meth) acrylic acid lauryl), (meth) acrylic acid tridecyl, (meth) acrylic acid tet Decyl (myristyl (meth) acrylate), pentadecyl (meth) acrylate, hexadecyl (meth) acrylate (palmityl (meth) acrylate), heptadecyl (meth) acrylate, octadecyl (meth) acrylate ((meth) acrylic) (Meth) acrylic acid alkyl ester in which the alkyl group constituting the alkyl ester has a chain structure having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, such as acid stearyl).
 前記環状骨格を有する(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸イソボルニル、(メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンタニル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルキルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ベンジル等の(メタ)アクリル酸アラルキルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルエステル;
 (メタ)アクリル酸ジシクロペンテニルオキシエチルエステル等の(メタ)アクリル酸シクロアルケニルオキシアルキルエステル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the (meth) acrylic acid ester having a cyclic skeleton include the following. For example, (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkyl esters such as isobornyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate;
(Meth) acrylic acid aralkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid benzyl;
(Meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyl ester;
Examples include (meth) acrylic acid cycloalkenyloxyalkyl esters such as (meth) acrylic acid dicyclopentenyloxyethyl ester.
 前記グリシジル基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸グリシジル等が挙げられる。
 前記水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸ヒドロキシメチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシエチル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシプロピル、(メタ)アクリル酸2-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸3-ヒドロキシブチル、(メタ)アクリル酸4-ヒドロキシブチル等が挙げられる。
 前記置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸N-メチルアミノエチル等が挙げられる。
Examples of the glycidyl group-containing (meth) acrylic ester include glycidyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include the following. For example, hydroxymethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 3-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, Examples include 3-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate and 4-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate.
Examples of the substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester include N-methylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate.
 アクリル系重合体(b-1)を構成する前記非アクリル系モノマーとしては、例えば、エチレン、ノルボルネン等のオレフィン;酢酸ビニル;スチレン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the non-acrylic monomer constituting the acrylic polymer (b-1) include olefins such as ethylene and norbornene; vinyl acetate; styrene.
 少なくとも一部が架橋剤(f)によって架橋された、前記エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、例えば、前記重合体(b)中の反応性官能基が架橋剤(f)と反応したものが挙げられる。
 前記反応性官能基は、架橋剤(f)の種類等に応じて適宜選択すればよく、特に限定されない。例えば、架橋剤(f)がポリイソシアネート化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基等が挙げられ、これらの中でも、イソシアネート基との反応性が高い水酸基が好ましい。また、架橋剤(f)がエポキシ系化合物である場合には、前記反応性官能基としては、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基等が挙げられ、これらの中でもエポキシ基との反応性が高いカルボキシ基が好ましい。ただし、半導体ウエハや半導体チップの回路の腐食を防止するという点では、前記反応性官能基はカルボキシ基以外の基であることが好ましい。
As the polymer (b) at least partially crosslinked by the crosslinking agent (f) and not having the energy ray curable group, for example, the reactive functional group in the polymer (b) is a crosslinking agent (f ).
The reactive functional group may be appropriately selected according to the type of the crosslinking agent (f) and the like, and is not particularly limited. For example, when the crosslinking agent (f) is a polyisocyanate compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, and an amino group. Among these, a hydroxyl group having high reactivity with an isocyanate group. Is preferred. Further, when the crosslinking agent (f) is an epoxy compound, examples of the reactive functional group include a carboxy group, an amino group, an amide group, etc. Among them, a carboxy group having high reactivity with an epoxy group. Groups are preferred. However, the reactive functional group is preferably a group other than a carboxy group in terms of preventing corrosion of a circuit of a semiconductor wafer or a semiconductor chip.
 前記反応性官能基を有する、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、例えば、少なくとも前記反応性官能基を有するモノマーを重合させて得られたものが挙げられる。アクリル系重合体(b-1)の場合であれば、これを構成するモノマーとして挙げた、前記アクリル系モノマー及び非アクリル系モノマーのいずれか一方又は両方として、前記反応性官能基を有するものを用いればよい。例えば、反応性官能基として水酸基を有する前記重合体(b)としては、例えば、水酸基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルを重合して得られたものが挙げられる。また、これ以外にも、先に挙げた前記アクリル系モノマー又は非アクリル系モノマーにおいて、1個又は2個以上の水素原子が前記反応性官能基で置換されてなるモノマーを重合して得られたものが挙げられる。 Examples of the polymer (b) having the reactive functional group and not having the energy ray-curable group include those obtained by polymerizing at least the monomer having the reactive functional group. In the case of the acrylic polymer (b-1), those having the reactive functional group as one or both of the acrylic monomer and the non-acrylic monomer mentioned as the monomers constituting the polymer (b-1). Use it. For example, examples of the polymer (b) having a hydroxyl group as a reactive functional group include those obtained by polymerizing a hydroxyl group-containing (meth) acrylic acid ester. In addition to this, the acrylic monomer or non-acrylic monomer mentioned above was obtained by polymerizing a monomer in which one or two or more hydrogen atoms were substituted with the reactive functional group. Things.
 反応性官能基を有する前記重合体(b)において、これを構成する構成単位の全量に対する、反応性官能基を有するモノマーから誘導された構成単位の量の割合(含有量)は、1~25質量%であることが好ましい。2~20質量%であることがより好ましい。前記割合がこのような範囲であることで、前記重合体(b)において、架橋の程度がより好ましい範囲となる。 In the polymer (b) having a reactive functional group, the ratio (content) of the amount of the structural unit derived from the monomer having the reactive functional group to the total amount of the structural unit constituting the polymer (b) is 1 to 25. It is preferable that it is mass%. It is more preferably 2 to 20% by mass. When the ratio is within such a range, the degree of cross-linking becomes a more preferable range in the polymer (b).
 エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の造膜性がより良好となる点から、10000~2000000であることが好ましい。100000~1500000であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group is 10,000 to 2,000,000 from the viewpoint that the film-forming property of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) becomes better. It is preferable. More preferably, it is 100,000 to 1500,000.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)としては、前記重合体(a1)及び前記化合物(a2)のいずれか一方又は両方を含有するものが挙げられる。そして、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、前記化合物(a2)を含有する場合、さらにエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)も含有することが好ましい。この場合、さらに前記(a1)を含有することも好ましい。また、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、前記化合物(a2)を含有せず、前記重合体(a1)、及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)をともに含有していてもよい。 Examples of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) include those containing one or both of the polymer (a1) and the compound (a2). When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the compound (a2), it preferably further contains a polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. In this case, it is also preferable to further contain (a1). Further, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the compound (a2) and contains both the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. It may be.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が、前記重合体(a1)、前記化合物(a2)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、前記化合物(a2)の含有量は、前記重合体(a1)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、10~400質量部であることが好ましく、30~350質量部であることがより好ましい。 When the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) contains the polymer (a1), the compound (a2) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition In (IV-1), the content of the compound (a2) is 10 to 10 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (a1) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group. The amount is preferably 400 parts by mass, and more preferably 30 to 350 parts by mass.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の成分の総含有量に対する、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の合計含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の合計含有量)は、5~90質量%であることが好ましい。10~80質量%であることがより好ましく、15~70質量%であることが特に好ましい。前記合計含有量の割合がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜形成用フィルムのエネルギー線硬化性がより良好となる。 In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the total content of the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group with respect to the total content of components other than the solvent (That is, the total content of the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group in the protective film-forming film) is 5 to 90% by mass. preferable. It is more preferably 10 to 80% by mass, and particularly preferably 15 to 70% by mass. When the ratio of the total content is within such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)を含有する場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、前記重合体(b)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)の含有量100質量部に対して、3~160質量部であることが好ましい。6~130質量部であることがより好ましい。前記重合体(b)の前記含有量がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜形成用フィルムのエネルギー線硬化性がより良好となる。 When the protective film forming composition (IV-1) contains the energy beam curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, the protective film forming composition (IV-1) ) And the protective film-forming film, the content of the polymer (b) is preferably 3 to 160 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the energy ray-curable component (a). It is more preferably 6 to 130 parts by mass. When the content of the polymer (b) is in such a range, the energy ray curability of the protective film-forming film becomes better.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)以外に、目的に応じて、光重合開始剤(c)、充填材(d)、カップリング剤(e)、架橋剤(f)、着色剤(g)、熱硬化性成分(h)、及び汎用添加剤(z)からなる群より選択される1種又は2種以上を含有していてもよい。例えば、前記エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及び熱硬化性成分(h)を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を用いることにより、形成される保護膜形成用フィルムは、加熱によって被着体に対する接着力が向上する。さらに、この保護膜形成用フィルムから形成された保護膜の強度も向上する。 In addition to the energy ray-curable component (a) and the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group, the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) comprises a photopolymerization initiator (c) depending on the purpose. , A filler (d), a coupling agent (e), a crosslinking agent (f), a colorant (g), a thermosetting component (h), and a general-purpose additive (z). Or you may contain 2 or more types. For example, by using the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing the energy ray-curable component (a) and the thermosetting component (h), the protective film-forming film formed is heated. Adhesive strength to the adherend is improved. Furthermore, the strength of the protective film formed from this protective film-forming film is also improved.
[光ラジカル開始剤(c’)]
 本発明の保護膜形成用組成物に用いる光ラジカル開始剤は、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上のもの(本明細書においては、「光ラジカル開始剤(c’)」と称することがある)である。
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)としては、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上のものであれば良く、特に限定されない。
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、アセトフェノン、プロピオフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、キサントール、フルオレイン、ベンズアルデヒド、アンスラキノン、トリフェニルアミン、カルバゾール、3-メチルアセトフェノン、4-メチルアセトフェノン、3-ペンチルアセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、4-メトキシアセトフェノン、3-ブロモアセトフェノン、4-アリルアセトフェノン、p-ジアセチルベンゼン、3-メトキシベンゾフェノン、4-メチルベンゾフェノン、4-クロロベンゾフェノン、4,4´-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、4-クロロ-4´-ベンジルベンゾフェノン、3-クロロキサントーン、3,9-ジクロロキサントーン、3-クロロ-8-ノニルキサントーン、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインブチルエーテル、ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ケトン、ベンジルメトキシケタール、2-クロロチオキサントーン、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン(商品名IRGACURE651、BASFジャパン製)、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニル-ケトン(商品名 IRGACURE184、BASFジャパン製、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン(商品名 DAROCUR1173、BASFジャパン製)、1-[4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)-フェニル]-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-プロパン-1-オン(商品名 IRGACURE2959、BASFジャパン製)、2-メチル-1-[4-(メチルチオ)フェニル]-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(商品名 IRGACURE907、BASFジャパン製)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(商品名IRGACURE369、2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(商品名 IRGACURE907、BASFジャパン製)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(商品名 IRGACURE369、BASFジャパン製)、2-(4-メチルベンジル)-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリン-4-イル-フェニル)-ブタン-1-オン(商品名 IRGACURE379、BASFジャパン製)、ジベンゾイル等が挙げられる。
[Photoradical initiator (c ′)]
The photo radical initiator used in the composition for forming a protective film of the present invention has an extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more (in this specification, “photo radical initiation” Agent (c ′) ”).
The photo-radical initiator (c ′) is not particularly limited as long as it has an extinction coefficient of 365 nm and a wavelength of 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more.
Examples of the photo radical initiator (c ′) include the following. For example, acetophenone, propiophenone, benzophenone, xanthol, fluorin, benzaldehyde, anthraquinone, triphenylamine, carbazole, 3-methylacetophenone, 4-methylacetophenone, 3-pentylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 4 -Methoxyacetophenone, 3-bromoacetophenone, 4-allylacetophenone, p-diacetylbenzene, 3-methoxybenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 4-chlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4-chloro-4'-benzyl Benzophenone, 3-chloroxanthone, 3,9-dichloroxanthone, 3-chloro-8-nonylxanthone, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin Butyl ether, bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) ketone, benzylmethoxyketal, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethane-1-one (trade name IRGACURE651, manufactured by BASF Japan), 1 -Hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (trade name IRGACURE 184, manufactured by BASF Japan, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one (trade name DAROCUR 1173, manufactured by BASF Japan), 1- [4- ( 2-hydroxyethoxy) -phenyl] -2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one (trade name IRGACURE 2959, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2-methyl-1- [4- (methylthio) phenyl] -2 -Morpholinopropane-1 ON (trade name IRGACURE907, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (trade name IRGACURE369, 2-morpholinopropan-1-one (trade name) IRGACURE907, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (trade name IRGACURE369, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2- (4-methylbenzyl) -dimethylamino Examples include -1- (4-morpholin-4-yl-phenyl) -butan-1-one (trade name: IRGACURE 379, manufactured by BASF Japan), dibenzoyl, and the like.
 これらのうち、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物(例えば、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインブチルエーテル、1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニル-ケトン等)、フェニルケトン誘導体(例えば、アセトフェノン、プロピオフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、3-メチルアセトフェノン、4-メチルアセトフェノン、3-ペンチルアセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、4-メトキシアセトフェノン、3-ブロモアセトフェノン、4-アリルアセトフェノン、4-アリルアセトフェノン、3-メトキシベンゾフェノン、4-メチルベンゾフェノン、4-クロロベンゾフェノン、4,4´-ジメトキシベンゾフェノン、4-クロロ-4´-ベンジルベンゾフェノン、ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ケトン等)が好ましい。 Of these, α-hydroxy ketone compounds (for example, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin butyl ether, 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone, etc.), phenyl ketone derivatives (for example, acetophenone, propiophenone, benzophenone, 3-methyl) Acetophenone, 4-methylacetophenone, 3-pentylacetophenone, 2,2-diethoxyacetophenone, 4-methoxyacetophenone, 3-bromoacetophenone, 4-allylacetophenone, 4-allylacetophenone, 3-methoxybenzophenone, 4-methylbenzophenone, 4-chlorobenzophenone, 4,4'-dimethoxybenzophenone, 4-chloro-4'-benzylbenzophenone, bis (4-dimethylaminophenyl) ketone ) Is preferable.
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)は、1分子内に光分解性の基を2個以上有するものが好ましい。
 1分子内に光分解性の基を2個以上有する光ラジカル開始剤(c’)としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、2-ヒドロキシ-1-[4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)-ベンジル]フェニル-2-メチル-プロパン-1-オン(商品名 369IRGACURE127、BASFジャパン製)、1-[4-(4-ベンゾイキシルフェニルサルファニル)フェニル]-2-メチル-2-(4-メチルフェニルスルホニル)プロパン-1-オン(商品名 ESURE1001M)、メチルベンゾイルフォーメート(商品名 SPEEDCURE MBF LAMBSON製)、O-エトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン(商品名 SPEEDCURE PDO LAMBSON製)、オリゴ[2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-[4-(1-メチルビニル)フェニル]プロパノン(商品名 ESCURE KIPI50 LAMBERTI製)等が挙げられる。
The photo radical initiator (c ′) is preferably one having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule.
Examples of the photoradical initiator (c ′) having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule include the following. For example, 2-hydroxy-1- [4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] phenyl-2-methyl-propan-1-one (trade name: 369IRGACURE127, manufactured by BASF Japan), 1 -[4- (4-Benzoxylphenylsulfanyl) phenyl] -2-methyl-2- (4-methylphenylsulfonyl) propan-1-one (trade name ESURE1001M), methylbenzoyl formate (trade name SPEDCURE MBF) LAMBSON), O-ethoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one (trade name: SPEEDCURE PDO, manufactured by LAMBSON), oligo [2-hydroxy-2-methyl- [4- (1-methylvinyl) phenyl] propanone (product) Name ESCURE KIPI50 LA BERTI, Ltd.), and the like.
 また、光ラジカル開始剤(c’)は、1分子内に芳香環を3個以上有する水素引き抜き型光ラジカル開始剤であることが好ましい。
 1分子内に芳香環を3個以上有する水素引き抜き型ラジカル開始剤としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]1,2-オクタンジオン(商品名 IRGACURE OXE 01、BASFジャパン製)、1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-1-(0-アセチルオキシム)エタノン(商品名 IRGACURE OXE 02、BASFジャパン製)、4-ベンゾイル-4´メチルジフェニルサルファイド、4-フェニルベンゾフェノン、4,4´,4´´-(ヘキサメチルトリアミノ)トリフェニルメタン等が挙げられる。また、深部硬化性改善を特徴とする2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-フォスフィンオキサイド(商品名 DAROCUR TPO、BASFジャパン製)、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(商品名 IRGACURE819、BASFジャパン製)、ビス(2,6-ジメチルベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチル-ペンチルフォスフィンオキサイド等のアシルフォスフィンオキサイド系光ラジカル開始剤が挙げられる。
The photoradical initiator (c ′) is preferably a hydrogen abstraction type photoradical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule.
Examples of the hydrogen abstraction type radical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule include the following. For example, 1- [4- (phenylthio) -2- (O-benzoyloxime)] 1,2-octanedione (trade name IRGACURE OXE 01, manufactured by BASF Japan), 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2- Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] -1- (0-acetyloxime) ethanone (trade name IRGACURE OXE 02, manufactured by BASF Japan), 4-benzoyl-4'methyldiphenyl sulfide, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4 , 4 ′, 4 ″-(hexamethyltriamino) triphenylmethane and the like. In addition, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide (trade name DAROCUR TPO, manufactured by BASF Japan), bis (2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine, which is characterized by improved deep curability Examples thereof include acyl phosphine oxide photo radical initiators such as oxide (trade name: IRGACURE 819, manufactured by BASF Japan) and bis (2,6-dimethylbenzoyl) -2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide.
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の硬化性と貯蔵安定性のバランスの点で、以下のものがより好ましい。1-ヒドロキシ-シクロヘキシル-フェニル-ケトン(商品名 IRGACURE184、BASFジャパン製)、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニル-プロパン-1-オン(商品名 DAROCUR1173、BASFジャパン製)、ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-1-[4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)-ベンジル]フェニル]-2-メチル-プロパン-1-オン(商品名 IRGACURE127、BASFジャパン製)、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(商品名 IRGACURE369、BASFジャパン製)、2-(4-メチルベンジル)-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリン-4-イル-フェニル)-ブタン-1-オン(商品名 IRGACURE379、BASFジャパン製)、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル-ジフェニル-フォスフィンオキサイド(商品名 DAROCUR TPO、BASFジャパン製)、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)-フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド(商品名 IRGACURE819、BASFジャパン製)、ビス(2,6-ジメチルベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチル-ペンチルフォスフィンオキサイド等である。 The photo radical initiator (c ′) is more preferably the following from the viewpoint of the balance between curability and storage stability of the protective film-forming composition (IV-1). 1-hydroxy-cyclohexyl-phenyl-ketone (trade name: IRGACURE184, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one (trade name: DAROCUR1173, manufactured by BASF Japan), bis (4- Dimethylaminophenyl) ketone, 2-hydroxy-1- [4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] phenyl] -2-methyl-propan-1-one (trade names IRGACURE127, BASF Made in Japan), 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (trade name IRGACURE369, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2- (4-methylbenzyl) -2-dimethylamino- 1- (4-Morpholin-4-yl- Nyl) -butan-1-one (trade name: IRGACURE 379, manufactured by BASF Japan), 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl-diphenyl-phosphine oxide (trade name: DAROCUR TPO, manufactured by BASF Japan), bis (2, 4, 6 -Trimethylbenzoyl) -phenylphosphine oxide (trade name: IRGACURE 819, manufactured by BASF Japan), bis (2,6-dimethylbenzoyl) -2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide, and the like.
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)の波長365nmの吸光係数は、4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上であることが好ましい。1.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上であることがより好ましく、1.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上であることがさらに好ましい。 The extinction coefficient of the photo radical initiator (c ′) at a wavelength of 365 nm is preferably 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more. It is more preferably 1.0 × 10 2 ml / (g · cm) or more, and further preferably 1.0 × 10 3 ml / (g · cm) or more.
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)の波長365nmの吸光係数の上限値は、特に限定されない。例えば、1.0×10ml/(g・cm)とすることができる。 The upper limit value of the extinction coefficient of the photo radical initiator (c ′) at a wavelength of 365 nm is not particularly limited. For example, it can be 1.0 × 10 4 ml / (g · cm).
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する、光ラジカル開始剤(c’)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photoradical initiator (c ′) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)は、他の化合物と組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 他の化合物との組み合わせとしては、具体的には、以下のものが挙げられる。4,4´-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、4,4´-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、ジエタノールメチルアミン、ジメチルエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、エチル-4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、2-エチルヘキシル-4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート等のアミンとの組み合わせ、さらにこれにジフェニルヨードニウムクロリド等のヨードニウム塩を組み合わせたもの、メチレンブルー等の色素及びアミンと組み合わせたもの等が挙げられる。
The photo radical initiator (c ′) may be used in combination with other compounds.
Specific examples of combinations with other compounds include the following. 4,4'-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone, 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone, diethanolmethylamine, dimethylethanolamine, triethanolamine, ethyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-ethylhexyl-4-dimethyl A combination with an amine such as aminobenzoate, a combination with an iodonium salt such as diphenyliodonium chloride, a combination with a dye such as methylene blue and an amine, and the like can be mentioned.
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)は、必要により、ハイドロキノン、ハイドロキノンモノメチルエーテル、ベンゾキノン、パラターシャリーブチルカテコール、2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-1-オキシル、N,N-ジエチルヒドロキシルアミン、N,N-ジステアリルヒドロキシルアミン、N,N-ジアルキルヒドロキシルアミン等の、光ラジカル開始剤(c’)以外の光重合開始剤と併用してもよい。 The photo radical initiator (c ′) may be hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, benzoquinone, paratertiary butylcatechol, 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl, N, N-diethylhydroxylamine, if necessary. , N, N-distearylhydroxylamine, N, N-dialkylhydroxylamine and the like may be used in combination with a photopolymerization initiator other than the photoradical initiator (c ′).
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する前記光重合開始剤は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The photopolymerization initiator contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、光ラジカル開始剤(c’)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性化合物(a)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましい。0.1~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.5~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)の含有量が前記上限値以下であることにより、蛍光灯下や自然光下で使用する際に、意図せず反応することを抑制でき、安定して複合シートを使用できるという効果が得られる。
 光ラジカル開始剤(c’)の含有量が前記下限値以上であることにより、反応不足を抑制することが出来るという効果が得られる。
In the protective film-forming composition (IV-1), the content of the photoradical initiator (c ′) is 0.01 to 20 masses with respect to 100 mass parts of the energy ray-curable compound (a). Part. The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass.
When the content of the photo radical initiator (c ′) is not more than the above upper limit value, it is possible to suppress unintentional reaction when used under a fluorescent lamp or natural light, and the composite sheet can be used stably. The effect that it can be obtained.
When the content of the photo radical initiator (c ′) is equal to or more than the lower limit, an effect that the reaction shortage can be suppressed is obtained.
[充填材(d)]
 保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、熱膨張係数の調整が容易となる。さらに、この熱膨張係数を保護膜の形成対象物に対して最適化することで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性がより向上する。また、保護膜形成用フィルムが充填材(d)を含有することにより、保護膜の吸湿率を低減したり、放熱性を向上させたりすることもできる。
 充填材(d)としては、例えば、熱伝導性材料からなるものが挙げられる。
[Filler (d)]
When the protective film-forming film contains the filler (d), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film can easily adjust the thermal expansion coefficient. Furthermore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming the protective film is further improved by optimizing the thermal expansion coefficient for the object to be formed with the protective film. Moreover, the moisture absorption rate of a protective film can be reduced or heat dissipation can be improved because the film for protective film formation contains a filler (d).
Examples of the filler (d) include those made of a heat conductive material.
 充填材(d)は、有機充填材及び無機充填材のいずれでもよいが、無機充填材であることが好ましい。
 好ましい無機充填材としては、例えば、シリカ、アルミナ、タルク、炭酸カルシウム、チタンホワイト、ベンガラ、炭化ケイ素、窒化ホウ素等の粉末;これら無機充填材を球形化したビーズ;これら無機充填材の表面改質品;これら無機充填材の単結晶繊維;ガラス繊維等が挙げられる。
 これらの中でも、無機充填材は、シリカ又はアルミナであることが好ましい。
The filler (d) may be either an organic filler or an inorganic filler, but is preferably an inorganic filler.
Preferred inorganic fillers include, for example, powders of silica, alumina, talc, calcium carbonate, titanium white, bengara, silicon carbide, boron nitride, and the like; beads formed by spheroidizing these inorganic fillers; surface modification of these inorganic fillers Products; single crystal fibers of these inorganic fillers; glass fibers and the like.
Among these, the inorganic filler is preferably silica or alumina.
 充填材(d)の平均粒子径は、特に限定されないが、0.01~20μmであることが好ましい。0.1~15μmであることがより好ましく、0.3~10μmであることが特に好ましい。充填材(d)の平均粒子径がこのような範囲であることで、保護膜の形成対象物に対する接着性を維持しつつ、保護膜の光の透過率の低下を抑制できる。
 なお、本明細書において「平均粒子径」とは、特に断りのない限り、レーザー回折散乱法によって求められた粒度分布曲線における、積算値50%での粒子径(D50)の値を意味する。
The average particle size of the filler (d) is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 to 20 μm. The thickness is more preferably 0.1 to 15 μm, and particularly preferably 0.3 to 10 μm. When the average particle diameter of the filler (d) is in such a range, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the light transmittance of the protective film while maintaining the adhesion to the object to be formed of the protective film.
In the present specification, “average particle size” means the value of the particle size (D50) at an integrated value of 50% in the particle size distribution curve obtained by the laser diffraction scattering method, unless otherwise specified.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する充填材(d)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The filler (d) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 充填材(d)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量に対する充填材(d)の含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの充填材(d)の含有量)は、5~83質量%であることが好ましい。7~78質量%であることがより好ましい。充填材(d)の含有量がこのような範囲であることで、上記の熱膨張係数の調整がより容易となる。 When the filler (d) is used, in the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the filler (d) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, for forming the protective film) The content of the filler (d) in the film is preferably 5 to 83% by mass. It is more preferably 7 to 78% by mass. When the content of the filler (d) is in such a range, the adjustment of the thermal expansion coefficient becomes easier.
[カップリング剤(e)]
 カップリング剤(e)として、無機化合物又は有機化合物と反応可能な官能基を有するものを用いることにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体に対する接着性及び密着性を向上させることができる。また、カップリング剤(e)を用いることで、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化して得られた保護膜は、耐熱性を損なうことなく、耐水性が向上する。
[Coupling agent (e)]
By using a coupling agent (e) having a functional group capable of reacting with an inorganic compound or an organic compound, the adhesion and adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend can be improved. Further, by using the coupling agent (e), the protective film obtained by curing the protective film-forming film has improved water resistance without impairing the heat resistance.
 カップリング剤(e)は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)等が有する官能基と反応可能な官能基を有する化合物であることが好ましく、シランカップリング剤であることがより好ましい。
 好ましい前記シランカップリング剤としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-グリシジルオキシメチルジエトキシシラン、2-(3,4-エポキシシクロヘキシル)エチルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アミノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-(2-アミノエチルアミノ)プロピルメチルジエトキシシラン、3-(フェニルアミノ)プロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アニリノプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-ウレイドプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メルカプトプロピルメチルジメトキシシラン、ビス(3-トリエトキシシリルプロピル)テトラスルファン、メチルトリメトキシシラン、メチルトリエトキシシラン、ビニルトリメトキシシラン、ビニルトリアセトキシシラン、イミダゾールシラン等が挙げられる。
The coupling agent (e) is preferably a compound having a functional group capable of reacting with the functional group of the energy beam curable component (a), the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable group, and the like. More preferably, it is a silane coupling agent.
Preferred examples of the silane coupling agent include the following. For example, 3-glycidyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-glycidyloxymethyldiethoxysilane, 2- (3,4-epoxycyclohexyl) ethyl Trimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-aminopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3- (2-aminoethylamino) propylmethyldiethoxysilane, 3- (phenylamino) propyltrimethoxysilane, 3-anilinopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-ureidopropyltriethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-mercaptopropi Dimethoxysilane, bis (3-triethoxysilylpropyl) tetrasulfane, methyltrimethoxysilane, methyltriethoxysilane, vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriacetoxysilane, imidazole silane, and the like.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するカップリング剤(e)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The coupling agent (e) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 カップリング剤(e)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、カップリング剤(e)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.03~20質量部であることが好ましい。0.05~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.1~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。カップリング剤(e)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、充填材(d)の樹脂への分散性の向上や、保護膜形成用フィルムの被着体との接着性の向上など、カップリング剤(e)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、カップリング剤(e)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、アウトガスの発生がより抑制される。 When the coupling agent (e) is used, the content of the coupling agent (e) in the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) and the film for forming a protective film includes the energy ray curable component (a) and the energy. The amount is preferably 0.03 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total content of the polymer (b) having no linear curable group. The amount is more preferably 0.05 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the coupling agent (e) is equal to or higher than the lower limit, the dispersibility of the filler (d) in the resin is improved and the adhesion of the protective film-forming film to the adherend is improved. The effect by using a coupling agent (e) etc. is acquired more notably. Moreover, generation | occurrence | production of an outgas is suppressed more because the said content of a coupling agent (e) is below the said upper limit.
[架橋剤(f)]
 架橋剤(F)を用いて、上述のエネルギー線硬化性成分(a)やエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)架橋することにより、保護膜形成用フィルムの初期接着力及び凝集力を調節できる。
[Crosslinking agent (f)]
By using the crosslinking agent (F) and crosslinking the polymer (b) having no energy beam curable component (a) or energy beam curable group, the initial adhesive force and cohesive force of the protective film-forming film. Can be adjusted.
 架橋剤(f)としては、例えば、有機多価イソシアネート化合物、有機多価イミン化合物、金属キレート系架橋剤(金属キレート構造を有する架橋剤)、アジリジン系架橋剤(アジリジニル基を有する架橋剤)等が挙げられる。 Examples of the crosslinking agent (f) include organic polyvalent isocyanate compounds, organic polyvalent imine compounds, metal chelate crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having a metal chelate structure), aziridine crosslinking agents (crosslinking agents having an aziridinyl group), and the like. Is mentioned.
 前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物及び脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物(以下、これら化合物をまとめて「芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等」と略記することがある);前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等の三量体、イソシアヌレート体及びアダクト体;前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物等とポリオール化合物とを反応させて得られる末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー等が挙げられる。前記「アダクト体」は、前記芳香族多価イソシアネート化合物、脂肪族多価イソシアネート化合物又は脂環族多価イソシアネート化合物と、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ネオペンチルグリコール、トリメチロールプロパン又はヒマシ油等の低分子活性水素含有化合物との反応物を意味し、その例としては、後述するようなトリメチロールプロパンのキシリレンジイソシアネート付加物等が挙げられる。また、「末端イソシアネートウレタンプレポリマー」とは、ウレタン結合を有するとともに、分子の末端部にイソシアネート基を有するプレポリマーを意味する。 Examples of the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound include the following. For example, an aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, an aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and an alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound (hereinafter, these compounds may be collectively abbreviated as “aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound etc.”); Examples include trimers such as aromatic polyisocyanate compounds, isocyanurates and adducts; and terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymers obtained by reacting the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compounds and the like with polyol compounds. The “adduct body” includes the aromatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, the aliphatic polyvalent isocyanate compound, or the alicyclic polyvalent isocyanate compound, and a low amount of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, neopentyl glycol, trimethylolpropane, castor oil, or the like. It means a reaction product with a molecularly active hydrogen-containing compound, and examples thereof include an xylylene diisocyanate adduct of trimethylolpropane as described later. The “terminal isocyanate urethane prepolymer” means a prepolymer having a urethane bond and an isocyanate group at the end of the molecule.
 前記有機多価イソシアネート化合物として、より具体的には、例えば、2,4-トリレンジイソシアネート;2,6-トリレンジイソシアネート;1,3-キシリレンジイソシアネート;1,4-キシレンジイソシアネート;ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート;ジフェニルメタン-2,4’-ジイソシアネート;3-メチルジフェニルメタンジイソシアネート;ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート;イソホロンジイソシアネート;ジシクロヘキシルメタン-4,4’-ジイソシアネート;ジシクロヘキシルメタン-2,4’-ジイソシアネート;トリメチロールプロパン等のポリオールのすべて又は一部の水酸基に、トリレンジイソシアネート、ヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート及びキシリレンジイソシアネートのいずれか1種又は2種以上が付加した化合物;リジンジイソシアネート等が挙げられる。 More specifically, as the organic polyvalent isocyanate compound, for example, 2,4-tolylene diisocyanate; 2,6-tolylene diisocyanate; 1,3-xylylene diisocyanate; 1,4-xylene diisocyanate; diphenylmethane-4 Dimethylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; 3-methyldiphenylmethane diisocyanate; hexamethylene diisocyanate; isophorone diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-4,4'-diisocyanate; dicyclohexylmethane-2,4'-diisocyanate; trimethylol Any one of tolylene diisocyanate, hexamethylene diisocyanate and xylylene diisocyanate is added to all or some hydroxyl groups of a polyol such as propane. Or two or more compounds are added; lysine diisocyanate.
 前記有機多価イミン化合物としては、例えば、N,N’-ジフェニルメタン-4,4’-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)、トリメチロールプロパン-トリ-β-アジリジニルプロピオネート、テトラメチロールメタン-トリ-β-アジリジニルプロピオネート、N,N’-トルエン-2,4-ビス(1-アジリジンカルボキシアミド)トリエチレンメラミン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic polyvalent imine compound include N, N′-diphenylmethane-4,4′-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide), trimethylolpropane-tri-β-aziridinylpropionate, and tetramethylolmethane. -Tri-β-aziridinylpropionate, N, N′-toluene-2,4-bis (1-aziridinecarboxamide) triethylenemelamine and the like.
 架橋剤(f)として有機多価イソシアネート化合物を用いる場合、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)としては、水酸基含有重合体を用いることが好ましい。架橋剤(f)がイソシアネート基を有し、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)が水酸基を有する場合、架橋剤(f)とエネルギー線硬化性成分(a)又はエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)との反応によって、保護膜形成用フィルムに架橋構造を簡便に導入できる。 When an organic polyvalent isocyanate compound is used as the crosslinking agent (f), it is preferable to use a hydroxyl group-containing polymer as the energy ray curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group. When the crosslinking agent (f) has an isocyanate group, and the energy ray-curable component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group has a hydroxyl group, the crosslinking agent (f) and the energy ray-curable property. A cross-linked structure can be easily introduced into the protective film-forming film by reaction with the component (a) or the polymer (b) having no energy ray-curable group.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する架橋剤(f)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The protective film forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film forming film may contain only one type of crosslinking agent (f), or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 架橋剤(f)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、架橋剤(f)の含有量は、エネルギー線硬化性成分(a)及びエネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の総含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましい。0.1~10質量部であることがより好ましく、0.5~5質量部であることが特に好ましい。架橋剤(f)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、架橋剤(f)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、架橋剤(f)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、架橋剤(f)の過剰使用が抑制される。 In the case where the crosslinking agent (f) is used, the content of the crosslinking agent (f) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is such that the energy ray-curable component (a) and the energy ray-curable group having no energy ray-curable group are contained. The amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass as the total content of the combined (b). The amount is more preferably 0.1 to 10 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 0.5 to 5 parts by mass. When the content of the cross-linking agent (f) is equal to or higher than the lower limit value, the effect of using the cross-linking agent (f) is more remarkably obtained. Moreover, the excessive use of a crosslinking agent (f) is suppressed because the said content of a crosslinking agent (f) is below the said upper limit.
[着色剤(g)]
 着色剤(g)としては、例えば、無機系顔料、有機系顔料、有機系染料等、公知のものが挙げられる。
[Colorant (g)]
Examples of the colorant (g) include known pigments such as inorganic pigments, organic pigments, and organic dyes.
 前記有機系顔料及び有機系染料としては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、アミニウム系色素、シアニン系色素、メロシアニン系色素、クロコニウム系色素、スクアリウム系色素、アズレニウム系色素、ポリメチン系色素、ナフトキノン系色素、ピリリウム系色素、フタロシアニン系色素、ナフタロシアニン系色素、ナフトラクタム系色素、アゾ系色素、縮合アゾ系色素、インジゴ系色素、ペリノン系色素、ペリレン系色素、ジオキサジン系色素、キナクリドン系色素、イソインドリノン系色素、キノフタロン系色素、ピロール系色素、チオインジゴ系色素、金属錯体系色素(金属錯塩染料)、ジチオール金属錯体系色素、インドールフェノール系色素、トリアリルメタン系色素、アントラキノン系色素、ナフトール系色素、アゾメチン系色素、ベンズイミダゾロン系色素、ピランスロン系色素及びスレン系色素等が挙げられる。 Examples of the organic pigment and organic dye include the following. For example, aminium dyes, cyanine dyes, merocyanine dyes, croconium dyes, squalium dyes, azurenium dyes, polymethine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, pyrylium dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, naphthalocyanine dyes, naphtholactam dyes Azo dyes, condensed azo dyes, indigo dyes, perinone dyes, perylene dyes, dioxazine dyes, quinacridone dyes, isoindolinone dyes, quinophthalone dyes, pyrrole dyes, thioindigo dyes, metal complexes System dyes (metal complex dyes), dithiol metal complex dyes, indolephenol dyes, triallylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, naphthol dyes, azomethine dyes, benzimidazolone dyes, pyranthrone dyes, and selenium dyes Arsenide, and the like.
 前記無機系顔料としては、例えば、カーボンブラック、コバルト系色素、鉄系色素、クロム系色素、チタン系色素、バナジウム系色素、ジルコニウム系色素、モリブデン系色素、ルテニウム系色素、白金系色素、ITO(インジウムスズオキサイド)系色素、ATO(アンチモンスズオキサイド)系色素等が挙げられる。 Examples of the inorganic pigment include carbon black, cobalt dye, iron dye, chromium dye, titanium dye, vanadium dye, zirconium dye, molybdenum dye, ruthenium dye, platinum dye, ITO ( Indium tin oxide) dyes, ATO (antimony tin oxide) dyes, and the like.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する着色剤(g)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 The colorant (g) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 着色剤(g)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(g)の含有量は、目的に応じて適宜調節すればよい。例えば、保護膜はレーザー照射により印字が施される場合があり、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(g)の含有量を調節し、保護膜の光透過性を調節することにより、印字視認性を調節できる。この場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)において、溶媒以外の全ての成分の総含有量に対する着色剤(g)の含有量の割合(すなわち、保護膜形成用フィルムの着色剤(g)の含有量)は、0.1~10質量%であることが好ましい。0.4~7.5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.8~5質量%であることが特に好ましい。着色剤(g)の前記含有量が前記下限値以上であることで、着色剤(g)を用いたことによる効果がより顕著に得られる。また、着色剤(g)の前記含有量が前記上限値以下であることで、着色剤(g)の過剰使用が抑制される。 When using the colorant (g), the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film may be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose. For example, the protective film may be printed by laser irradiation, and by adjusting the content of the colorant (g) in the protective film-forming film and adjusting the light transmittance of the protective film, the print visibility is improved. Can be adjusted. In this case, in the protective film forming composition (IV-1), the ratio of the content of the colorant (g) to the total content of all components other than the solvent (that is, the colorant (g )) Is preferably 0.1 to 10% by mass. The content is more preferably 0.4 to 7.5% by mass, and particularly preferably 0.8 to 5% by mass. The effect by using a colorant (g) is acquired more notably because the content of the colorant (g) is not less than the lower limit. Moreover, the excessive use of a coloring agent (g) is suppressed because the said content of a coloring agent (g) is below the said upper limit.
[熱硬化性成分(h)]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する熱硬化性成分(h)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[Thermosetting component (h)]
The thermosetting component (h) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 熱硬化性成分(h)としては、例えば、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂、熱硬化性ポリイミド、ポリウレタン、不飽和ポリエステル、シリコーン樹脂等が挙げられ、エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂が好ましい。 Examples of the thermosetting component (h) include epoxy thermosetting resins, thermosetting polyimides, polyurethanes, unsaturated polyesters, and silicone resins, and epoxy thermosetting resins are preferable.
(エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂)
 エポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)及び熱硬化剤(h2)からなる。 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有するエポキシ系熱硬化性樹脂は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよく、2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
(Epoxy thermosetting resin)
The epoxy thermosetting resin includes an epoxy resin (h1) and a thermosetting agent (h2). The epoxy thermosetting resin contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one type, two or more types, and when there are two or more types, Combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
・エポキシ樹脂(h1)
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)としては、公知のものが挙げられる。例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル化合物、ビスフェノールAジグリシジルエーテル及びその水添物、オルソクレゾールノボラックエポキシ樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン型エポキシ樹脂、ビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、フェニレン骨格型エポキシ樹脂等、2官能以上のエポキシ化合物が挙げられる。
・ Epoxy resin (h1)
As an epoxy resin (h1), a well-known thing is mentioned. For example, polyfunctional epoxy resin, biphenyl compound, bisphenol A diglycidyl ether and its hydrogenated product, orthocresol novolac epoxy resin, dicyclopentadiene type epoxy resin, biphenyl type epoxy resin, bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy Bifunctional or higher functional epoxy compounds such as resins and phenylene skeleton type epoxy resins are exemplified.
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)としては、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いてもよい。不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂は、不飽和炭化水素基を有しないエポキシ樹脂よりもアクリル系樹脂との相溶性が高い。そのため、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂を用いることで、保護膜形成用複合シートを用いて得られたパッケージの信頼性が向上する。 As the epoxy resin (h1), an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group may be used. An epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group is more compatible with an acrylic resin than an epoxy resin having no unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Therefore, the reliability of the package obtained using the composite sheet for forming a protective film is improved by using an epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
 不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、多官能系エポキシ樹脂のエポキシ基の一部が不飽和炭化水素基を有する基に変換されてなる化合物が挙げられる。このような化合物は、例えば、エポキシ基へ(メタ)アクリル酸又はその誘導体を付加反応させることにより得られる。
 また、不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂としては、例えば、エポキシ樹脂を構成する芳香環等に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合した化合物等が挙げられる。不飽和炭化水素基は、重合性を有する不飽和基である。その具体的な例としては、エテニル基(ビニル基)、2-プロペニル基(アリル基)、(メタ)アクリロイル基、(メタ)アクリルアミド基等が挙げられ、アクリロイル基が好ましい。
Examples of the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group include compounds obtained by converting a part of the epoxy group of a polyfunctional epoxy resin into a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group. Such a compound can be obtained, for example, by addition reaction of (meth) acrylic acid or a derivative thereof to an epoxy group.
Moreover, as an epoxy resin which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, the compound etc. which the group which has an unsaturated hydrocarbon group directly couple | bonded with the aromatic ring etc. which comprise an epoxy resin are mentioned, for example. An unsaturated hydrocarbon group is a polymerizable unsaturated group. Specific examples thereof include ethenyl group (vinyl group), 2-propenyl group (allyl group), (meth) acryloyl group, (meth) acrylamide group and the like, and acryloyl group is preferable.
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)の数平均分子量は、特に限定されない。しかしながら、保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化性、並びに保護膜の強度及び耐熱性の点から、300~30000であることが好ましい。400~10000であることがより好ましく、500~3000であることが特に好ましい。
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)のエポキシ当量は、100~1000g/eqであることが好ましく、150~800g/eqであることがより好ましい。
The number average molecular weight of the epoxy resin (h1) is not particularly limited. However, from the viewpoint of the curability of the protective film-forming film and the strength and heat resistance of the protective film, it is preferably 300 to 30000. It is more preferably 400 to 10,000, and particularly preferably 500 to 3000.
The epoxy equivalent of the epoxy resin (h1) is preferably 100 to 1000 g / eq, and more preferably 150 to 800 g / eq.
 エポキシ樹脂(h1)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよく、2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 As the epoxy resin (h1), one type may be used alone, or two or more types may be used in combination, and when two or more types are used in combination, their combination and ratio can be arbitrarily selected.
・熱硬化剤(h2)
 熱硬化剤(h2)は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)に対する硬化剤として機能する。
 熱硬化剤(h2)としては、例えば、1分子中にエポキシ基と反応し得る官能基を2個以上有する化合物が挙げられる。前記官能基としては、例えば、フェノール性水酸基、アルコール性水酸基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、酸基が無水物化された基等が挙げられる。フェノール性水酸基、アミノ基、又は酸基が無水物化された基であることが好ましく、フェノール性水酸基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましい。
・ Thermosetting agent (h2)
The thermosetting agent (h2) functions as a curing agent for the epoxy resin (h1).
As a thermosetting agent (h2), the compound which has 2 or more of functional groups which can react with an epoxy group in 1 molecule is mentioned, for example. Examples of the functional group include phenolic hydroxyl groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, amino groups, carboxy groups, and groups in which acid groups have been anhydrideized. A phenolic hydroxyl group, amino group, or acid group is preferably an anhydride group, and more preferably a phenolic hydroxyl group or amino group.
 熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、フェノール性水酸基を有するフェノール系硬化剤としては、例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ビフェノール、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等が挙げられる。
 熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、アミノ基を有するアミン系硬化剤としては、例えば、ジシアンジアミド(以下、「DICY」と略記することがある)等が挙げられる。
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of the phenol-based curing agent having a phenolic hydroxyl group include polyfunctional phenol resins, biphenols, novolac-type phenol resins, dicyclopentadiene-based phenol resins, and aralkyl phenol resins.
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), examples of the amine-based curing agent having an amino group include dicyandiamide (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as “DICY”).
 熱硬化剤(h2)は、不飽和炭化水素基を有するものでもよい。
 不飽和炭化水素基を有する熱硬化剤(h2)としては、例えば、フェノール樹脂の水酸基の一部が、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基で置換されてなる化合物、フェノール樹脂の芳香環に、不飽和炭化水素基を有する基が直接結合してなる化合物等が挙げられる。
 熱硬化剤(h2)における前記不飽和炭化水素基は、上述の不飽和炭化水素基を有するエポキシ樹脂における不飽和炭化水素基と同様のものである。
The thermosetting agent (h2) may have an unsaturated hydrocarbon group.
As the thermosetting agent (h2) having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, for example, a compound in which a part of the hydroxyl group of the phenol resin is substituted with a group having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group, an aromatic ring of the phenol resin, Examples thereof include compounds in which a group having a saturated hydrocarbon group is directly bonded.
The unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the thermosetting agent (h2) is the same as the unsaturated hydrocarbon group in the epoxy resin having an unsaturated hydrocarbon group described above.
 熱硬化剤(h2)としてフェノール系硬化剤を用いる場合には、保護膜の支持シートからの剥離性が向上する点から、熱硬化剤(h2)は軟化点又はガラス転移温度が高いものが好ましい。 In the case where a phenolic curing agent is used as the thermosetting agent (h2), it is preferable that the thermosetting agent (h2) has a high softening point or glass transition temperature from the viewpoint of improving the peelability of the protective film from the support sheet. .
 熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、多官能フェノール樹脂、ノボラック型フェノール樹脂、ジシクロペンタジエン系フェノール樹脂、アラルキルフェノール樹脂等の樹脂成分の数平均分子量は、300~30000であることが好ましく、400~10000であることがより好ましく、500~3000であることが特に好ましい。
 熱硬化剤(h2)のうち、例えば、ビフェノール、ジシアンジアミド等の非樹脂成分の分子量は、特に限定されないが、例えば、60~500であることが好ましい。
The following are mentioned among thermosetting agents (h2). For example, the number average molecular weight of a resin component such as a polyfunctional phenol resin, a novolak-type phenol resin, a dicyclopentadiene phenol resin, or an aralkyl phenol resin is preferably 300 to 30,000, and more preferably 400 to 10,000. 500 to 3000 is particularly preferable.
Among the thermosetting agents (h2), for example, the molecular weight of non-resin components such as biphenol and dicyandiamide is not particularly limited, but is preferably 60 to 500, for example.
 熱硬化剤(h2)は、1種を単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。2種以上を併用する場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。 A thermosetting agent (h2) may be used individually by 1 type, and may use 2 or more types together. When using 2 or more types together, those combinations and ratios can be arbitrarily selected.
 熱硬化性成分(h)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化剤(h2)の含有量は、エポキシ樹脂(h1)の含有量100質量部に対して、0.01~20質量部であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting component (h) is used, in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film, the content of the thermosetting agent (h2) is 100% of the epoxy resin (h1). The amount is preferably 0.01 to 20 parts by mass with respect to parts by mass.
 熱硬化性成分(h)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、熱硬化性成分(h)の含有量(例えば、エポキシ樹脂(h1)及び熱硬化剤(h2)の総含有量)は、エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体(b)の含有量100質量部に対して、1~500質量部であることが好ましい。 When the thermosetting component (h) is used, the content of the thermosetting component (h) (for example, the epoxy resin (h1) and the heat in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film) The total content of the curing agent (h2) is preferably 1 to 500 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the polymer (b) having no energy ray curable group.
[汎用添加剤(z)]
 汎用添加剤(z)は、公知のものでよく、目的に応じて任意に選択でき、特に限定されない。好ましいものとしては、例えば、可塑剤、帯電防止剤、酸化防止剤、ゲッタリング剤等が挙げられる。
[General-purpose additive (z)]
The general-purpose additive (z) may be a known one, can be arbitrarily selected according to the purpose, and is not particularly limited. Preferable examples include plasticizers, antistatic agents, antioxidants, gettering agents and the like.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムが含有する汎用添加剤(z)は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
 汎用添加剤(z)を用いる場合、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)及び保護膜形成用フィルムの汎用添加剤(z)の含有量は、特に限定されず、目的に応じて適宜選択すればよい。
The general-purpose additive (z) contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
When the general-purpose additive (z) is used, the content of the general-purpose additive (z) in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) and the protective film-forming film is not particularly limited and is appropriately selected according to the purpose. do it.
[溶媒]
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、さらに溶媒を含有することが好ましい。溶媒を含有する保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)は、取り扱い性が良好となる。
 前記溶媒は特に限定されないが、好ましいものとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。例えば、トルエン、キシレン等の炭化水素;メタノール、エタノール、2-プロパノール、イソブチルアルコール(2-メチルプロパン-1-オール)、1-ブタノール等のアルコール;酢酸エチル等のエステル;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン;テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル;ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチルピロリドン等のアミド(アミド結合を有する化合物)等が挙げられる。
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒は、1種のみでもよいし、2種以上でもよい。2種以上である場合、それらの組み合わせ及び比率は任意に選択できる。
[solvent]
The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) preferably further contains a solvent. The protective film-forming composition (IV-1) containing a solvent has good handleability.
Although the said solvent is not specifically limited, The following are mentioned as a preferable thing. For example, hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; alcohols such as methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, isobutyl alcohol (2-methylpropan-1-ol) and 1-butanol; esters such as ethyl acetate; ketones such as acetone and methyl ethyl ketone Ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; amides such as dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone (compounds having an amide bond), and the like.
The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) may be only one kind or two or more kinds. In the case of two or more types, the combination and ratio thereof can be arbitrarily selected.
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)が含有する溶媒は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)中の含有成分をより均一に混合できる点から、メチルエチルケトン、トルエン又は酢酸エチル等であることが好ましい。 The solvent contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) is methyl ethyl ketone, toluene, ethyl acetate, or the like from the viewpoint that the components contained in the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) can be mixed more uniformly. It is preferable.
<<保護膜形成用組成物の製造方法>>
 保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)等の保護膜形成用組成物は、これを構成するための各成分を配合することで得られる。
 各成分の配合時における添加順序は特に限定されず、2種以上の成分を同時に添加してもよい。
 溶媒を用いる場合には、溶媒を溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分と混合してこの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことで用いてもよい。また、溶媒以外のいずれかの配合成分を予め希釈しておくことなく、溶媒をこれら配合成分と混合することで用いてもよい。
 配合時に各成分を混合する方法は特に限定されない。撹拌子又は撹拌翼等を回転させて混合する方法;ミキサーを用いて混合する方法;超音波を加えて混合する方法等、公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。
 各成分の添加及び混合時の温度並びに時間は、各配合成分が劣化しない限り特に限定されない。適宜調節すればよいが、温度は15~30℃であることが好ましい。
<< Method for producing protective film-forming composition >>
The composition for forming a protective film such as the composition for forming a protective film (IV-1) can be obtained by blending each component for constituting the composition.
The order of addition at the time of blending each component is not particularly limited, and two or more components may be added simultaneously.
When using a solvent, it may be used by mixing the solvent with any compounding component other than the solvent and diluting the compounding component in advance. Moreover, you may use by mixing a solvent with these compounding components, without diluting any compounding components other than a solvent previously.
The method of mixing each component at the time of mixing is not particularly limited. What is necessary is just to select suitably from well-known methods, such as the method of rotating and stirring a stirring bar or a stirring blade, the method of mixing using a mixer, and the method of mixing by adding an ultrasonic wave.
The temperature and time during addition and mixing of each component are not particularly limited as long as each compounding component does not deteriorate. The temperature may be adjusted as appropriate, but the temperature is preferably 15 to 30 ° C.
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートと同様に、半導体ウエハ又は半導体チップの回路面とは反対側の裏面に貼付されるもので、支持シート上に、接着性を示す層を備えた複合シートとしては、ダイシングダイボンディングシートがある。
 しかし、ダイシングダイボンディングシートが備える接着剤層は、半導体チップとともに支持シートからピックアップされた後、この半導体チップを基板、リードフレーム、又は他の半導体チップ等に取り付ける際の接着剤として機能する。一方、本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムは、半導体チップとともに支持シートからピックアップされる点では前記接着剤層と同じであるが、最終的には硬化によって保護膜となり、貼付されている半導体チップの裏面を保護するという機能を有する。このように、本発明における保護膜形成用フィルムは、ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層とは、用途が異なり、求められる性能も当然に異なる。そして、この用途の違いを反映して、保護膜形成用フィルムは、通常、ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層と比較すると、硬めで、ピックアップが難しい傾向にある。したがって、ダイシングダイボンディングシートにおける接着剤層を、そのまま保護膜形成用複合シートにおける保護膜形成用フィルムとして転用することは、通常、困難である。本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムを備えたものとしては、保護膜付き半導体チップのピックアップ適性に関して、従来になく極めて優れたものである。
Similar to the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention, it is affixed to the back surface opposite to the circuit surface of the semiconductor wafer or semiconductor chip, and as a composite sheet provided with a layer showing adhesion on the support sheet. There is a dicing die bonding sheet.
However, the adhesive layer provided in the dicing die bonding sheet functions as an adhesive when the semiconductor chip is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip and then attached to the substrate, the lead frame, or another semiconductor chip. On the other hand, the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention is the same as the adhesive layer in that it is picked up from the support sheet together with the semiconductor chip, but eventually becomes a protective film by curing, It has a function of protecting the back surface of the semiconductor chip that is affixed. Thus, the protective film-forming film in the present invention has a different use from the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet, and naturally the required performance is also different. Reflecting this difference in use, the protective film-forming film is usually harder and more difficult to pick up than the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet. Therefore, it is usually difficult to divert the adhesive layer in the dicing die bonding sheet as it is as the protective film-forming film in the protective film-forming composite sheet. The composite sheet for forming a protective film according to the present invention is extremely excellent as compared with the conventional one with regard to the suitability for picking up a semiconductor chip with a protective film, provided with an energy ray curable protective film-forming film.
◇保護膜形成用複合シートの製造方法
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、上述の各層を対応する位置関係となるように順次積層することで製造できる。各層の形成方法は、先に説明したとおりである。
 例えば、支持シートを製造するときに、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、基材上に上述の粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させればよい。
◇ Method for Producing Protective Film-Forming Composite Sheet The protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be produced by sequentially laminating the above-mentioned layers so as to have a corresponding positional relationship. The method for forming each layer is as described above.
For example, when a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a substrate when producing a support sheet, the above-described pressure-sensitive adhesive composition may be applied on the substrate and dried as necessary.
 一方、例えば、基材上に積層済みの粘着剤層の上に、さらに保護膜形成用フィルムを積層する場合には、粘着剤層上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工して、保護膜形成用フィルムを直接形成することが可能である。保護膜形成用フィルム以外の層も、この層を形成するための組成物を用いて、同様の方法で、粘着剤層の上にこの層を積層できる。このように、いずれかの組成物を用いて、連続する2層の積層構造を形成する場合には、前記組成物から形成された層の上に、さらに組成物を塗工して新たに層を形成することが可能である。ただし、これら2層のうちの後から積層する層は、別の剥離フィルム上に前記組成物を用いてあらかじめ形成しておき、この形成済みの層の前記剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面を、既に形成済みの残りの層の露出面と貼り合わせることで、連続する2層の積層構造を形成することが好ましい。このとき、前記組成物は、剥離フィルムの剥離処理面に塗工することが好ましい。剥離フィルムは、積層構造の形成後、必要に応じて取り除けばよい。 On the other hand, for example, when a protective film-forming film is further laminated on the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, the protective film-forming composition is applied on the adhesive layer, It is possible to form the forming film directly. Layers other than the protective film-forming film can also be laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer in the same manner using the composition for forming this layer. As described above, when a continuous two-layer laminated structure is formed using any of the compositions, the composition is further applied onto the layer formed from the composition to newly form a layer. Can be formed. However, the layer laminated after these two layers is formed in advance using the composition on another release film, and the side of the formed layer that is in contact with the release film is It is preferable to form a continuous two-layer laminated structure by bonding the opposite exposed surface to the exposed surfaces of the remaining layers already formed. At this time, the composition is preferably applied to the release-treated surface of the release film. The release film may be removed as necessary after forming the laminated structure.
 例えば、基材上に粘着剤層が積層され、前記粘着剤層上に保護膜形成用フィルムが積層されてなる保護膜形成用複合シート(支持シートが基材及び粘着剤層の積層物である保護膜形成用複合シート)を製造する場合には、基材上に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、基材上に粘着剤層を積層しておき、別途、剥離フィルム上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に保護膜形成用フィルムを形成しておく。そして、この保護膜形成用フィルムの露出面を、基材上に積層済みの粘着剤層の露出面と貼り合わせて、保護膜形成用フィルムを粘着剤層上に積層することで、保護膜形成用複合シートが得られる。 For example, a protective film-forming composite sheet in which a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on a base material and a protective film-forming film is laminated on the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer (the support sheet is a laminate of the base material and the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer) In the case of producing a protective sheet-forming composite sheet), a pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is coated on a base material and dried as necessary, whereby a pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is laminated on the base material, The protective film-forming composition is coated on the release film, and dried as necessary to form the protective film-forming film on the release film. Then, the exposed surface of the protective film-forming film is bonded to the exposed surface of the adhesive layer laminated on the substrate, and the protective film-forming film is laminated on the adhesive layer, thereby forming a protective film. A composite sheet is obtained.
 なお、基材上に粘着剤層を積層する場合には、上述の様に、基材上に粘着剤組成物を塗工する方法に代えて、剥離フィルム上に粘着剤組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に粘着剤層を形成しておき、この層の露出面を、基材の一方の表面と貼り合わせることで、粘着剤層を基材上に積層してもよい。
 いずれの方法においても、剥離フィルムは目的とする積層構造を形成後の任意のタイミングで取り除けばよい。
In addition, when laminating the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer on the substrate, as described above, instead of the method of coating the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition on the substrate, the pressure-sensitive adhesive composition is applied on the release film. The pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is formed on the release film by drying as necessary, and the exposed surface of this layer is bonded to one surface of the base material so that the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer is placed on the base material. You may laminate.
In any method, the release film may be removed at an arbitrary timing after the target laminated structure is formed.
 このように、保護膜形成用複合シートを構成する基材以外の層はいずれも、剥離フィルム上にあらかじめ形成しておき、目的とする層の表面に貼り合わせる方法で積層できる。そのため、必要に応じてこのような工程を採用する層を適宜選択して、保護膜形成用複合シートを製造すればよい。 Thus, any layer other than the base material constituting the composite sheet for forming a protective film can be laminated by a method in which the layer is formed in advance on the release film and bonded to the surface of the target layer. Therefore, a protective film-forming composite sheet may be produced by appropriately selecting a layer that employs such a process as necessary.
 なお、保護膜形成用複合シートは、通常、その支持シートとは反対側の最表層(例えば、保護膜形成用フィルム)の表面に剥離フィルムが貼り合わされた状態で保管される。したがって、この剥離フィルム(好ましくはその剥離処理面)上に、保護膜形成用組成物等の、最表層を構成する層を形成するための組成物を塗工し、必要に応じて乾燥させることで、剥離フィルム上に最表層を構成する層を形成しておき、この層の剥離フィルムと接触している側とは反対側の露出面上に残りの各層を上述のいずれかの方法で積層し、剥離フィルムを取り除かずに貼り合わせた状態のままとすることでも、保護膜形成用複合シートが得られる。 In addition, the composite sheet for forming a protective film is usually stored in a state in which a release film is bonded to the surface of the outermost layer (for example, a film for forming a protective film) opposite to the support sheet. Therefore, a composition for forming a layer constituting the outermost layer, such as a protective film-forming composition, is applied on this release film (preferably its release-treated surface) and dried as necessary. Then, a layer constituting the outermost layer is formed on the release film, and the remaining layers are laminated on the exposed surface of the layer opposite to the side in contact with the release film by any of the methods described above. And the composite sheet for protective film formation is obtained also by leaving it in the state bonded together, without removing a peeling film.
◇保護膜形成用複合シートの使用方法
 本発明の保護膜形成用複合シートは、例えば、以下に示す方法で使用できる。
 すなわち、半導体ウエハの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)に、保護膜形成用複合シートをその保護膜形成用フィルムによって貼付する。次いで、ダイシングによって、半導体ウエハを保護膜形成用フィルムごと分割して保護膜形成用フィルム付き半導体チップとする。次いで、保護膜形成用フィルム付き半導体チップの保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射して、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜とする。そして、半導体チップを、この保護膜が貼付された状態のまま(すなわち、保護膜付き半導体チップとして)、支持シートから引き離してピックアップする。
 以降は従来法と同様の方法で、得られた保護膜付き半導体チップの半導体チップを基板の回路面にフリップチップ接続した後、半導体パッケージとする。そして、この半導体パッケージを用いて、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい。
◇ Method of using protective sheet-forming composite sheet The protective film-forming composite sheet of the present invention can be used, for example, by the method described below.
That is, the protective film-forming composite sheet is attached to the back surface (surface opposite to the electrode forming surface) of the semiconductor wafer with the protective film-forming film. Next, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film forming film by dicing to form a semiconductor chip with the protective film forming film. Next, the protective film forming film of the semiconductor chip with the protective film forming film is irradiated with energy rays to cure the protective film forming film to form a protective film. Then, the semiconductor chip is picked up while being separated from the support sheet while the protective film is attached (that is, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film).
Thereafter, the semiconductor chip of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then the semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
 ◇保護膜形成用シート
 図6は、本発明の保護膜形成用シートの一実施形態に係る保護膜形成用フィルムを模式的に示す断面図である。
 図6に示したように、本実施形態に係る保護膜形成用シート1Fは、「ロール型」とするのに好適なものである。この保護膜形成用シート1Fは、剥離フィルム15a(以下、「第1の剥離フィルム」という場合がある。)と剥離フィルム15b(以下、「第2の剥離フィルム」という場合がある)の間に保護膜形成用フィルム13が配置されるように、保護膜形成用組成物を層状に適用した構造からなる。
 この保護膜形成用シート1Fに用いられる保護膜形成用組成物は既出の保護膜形成用組成物に準じる。
 この保護膜形成用シート1Fは、例えば、第1の剥離フィルム15aの剥離面上に保護膜形成用組成物を塗工し、乾燥させて、保護膜形成用フィルム13を形成した後、更にその露出面に、第2の剥離フィルム15bの剥離面を貼付することにより形成することができる。保護膜形成用組成物の適用方法は、上記の保護膜形成用組成物の適用方法に準じる。
◇ Protective Film Forming Sheet FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing a protective film forming film according to an embodiment of the protective film forming sheet of the present invention.
As shown in FIG. 6, the protective film forming sheet 1 </ b> F according to the present embodiment is suitable for a “roll type”. The protective film-forming sheet 1F is provided between the release film 15a (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “first release film”) and the release film 15b (hereinafter also referred to as “second release film”). It has a structure in which the protective film-forming composition is applied in layers so that the protective film-forming film 13 is disposed.
The protective film forming composition used for the protective film forming sheet 1F is in accordance with the above-described protective film forming composition.
The protective film forming sheet 1F is formed by, for example, coating the protective film forming composition on the release surface of the first release film 15a and drying to form the protective film forming film 13, and then It can form by sticking the peeling surface of the 2nd peeling film 15b to an exposed surface. The method for applying the protective film forming composition is in accordance with the method for applying the protective film forming composition.
◇保護膜形成用フィルムの使用方法
 本発明の保護膜形成用フィルムは、例えば、以下に示す方法で使用できる。
 すなわち、半導体ウエハの裏面(電極形成面とは反対側の面)に、保護膜形成用フィルム貼付する。次いで、ダイシングによって、半導体ウエハを保護膜形成用フィルムごと分割して保護膜形成用フィルム付き半導体チップとする。次いで、保護膜形成用フィルム付き半導体チップの保護膜形成用フィルムにエネルギー線を照射して、保護膜形成用フィルムを硬化させて保護膜とする。そして、半導体チップを、この保護膜が貼付された状態のまま(すなわち、保護膜付き半導体チップとして)、支持シートから引き離してピックアップする。
 以降は従来法と同様の方法で、得られた保護膜付き半導体チップの半導体チップを基板の回路面にフリップチップ接続した後、半導体パッケージとする。そして、この半導体パッケージを用いて、目的とする半導体装置を作製すればよい。
◇ Method of using protective film-forming film The protective film-forming film of the present invention can be used, for example, by the method described below.
That is, a protective film-forming film is attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer (the surface opposite to the electrode forming surface). Next, the semiconductor wafer is divided together with the protective film forming film by dicing to form a semiconductor chip with the protective film forming film. Next, the protective film forming film of the semiconductor chip with the protective film forming film is irradiated with energy rays to cure the protective film forming film to form a protective film. Then, the semiconductor chip is picked up while being separated from the support sheet while the protective film is attached (that is, as a semiconductor chip with a protective film).
Thereafter, the semiconductor chip of the obtained semiconductor chip with a protective film is flip-chip connected to the circuit surface of the substrate in the same manner as the conventional method, and then the semiconductor package is obtained. Then, a target semiconductor device may be manufactured using this semiconductor package.
 以下、具体的実施例により、本発明についてより詳細に説明する。ただし、本発明は、以下に示す実施例に、何ら限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to specific examples. However, the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
 保護膜形成用組成物の製造に用いた成分を以下に示す。
・エネルギー線硬化性成分
 (a2)-1:トリシクロデカンジメチロールジアクリレート(日本化薬社製「KAYARAD R-684」、2官能紫外線硬化性化合物、分子量304)
・エネルギー線硬化性基を有しない重合体
 (b)-1:アクリル酸ブチル(以下、「BA」と略記する)(10質量部)、アクリル酸メチル(以下、「MA」と略記する)(70質量部)、メタクリル酸グリシジル(以下、「GMA」と略記する)(5質量部)及びアクリル酸-2-ヒドロキシエチル(以下、「HEA」と略記する)(15質量部)を共重合してなるアクリル系樹脂(重量平均分子量300000、ガラス転移温度-1℃)。
The components used for the production of the protective film-forming composition are shown below.
Energy ray curable component (a2) -1: Tricyclodecane dimethylol diacrylate (“KAYARAD R-684”, bifunctional ultraviolet curable compound, molecular weight 304, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
Polymer having no energy ray-curable group (b) -1: butyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “BA”) (10 parts by mass), methyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “MA”) ( 70 parts by mass), glycidyl methacrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “GMA”) (5 parts by mass) and 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “HEA”) (15 parts by mass) Acrylic resin (weight average molecular weight 300000, glass transition temperature −1 ° C.).
・光ラジカル開始剤
 (c’)-1:2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルホリノフェニル)-2-ベンジル-1-ブタノン(BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)369」、波長365nmの吸光係数:7.9×10
 (c’)-2:エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(O-アセチルオキシム)(BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)OXE02」、波長365nmの吸光係数:7.7×10
 (c’)-3:1-[4-(フェニルチオ)-,2-(O-ベンゾイルオキシム)]1,2-オクタンジオン)(BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)OXE01」、波長365nmの吸光係数:7.0×10
 (c’)-4:2-ヒロドキシ-1-{4-[4-(2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-プロピオニル)-ベンジル]フェニル}-2-メチル-プロパン-1-オン (BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)127」、波長365nmの吸光係数:1.1×10
 (c)-1:フェニルグリオキシリックアシッドメチルエステル (BASF社製「Irgacure(登録商標)MBF」、波長365nmの吸光係数:3.8×101)
Photoradical initiator (c ′)-1: 2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -2-benzyl-1-butanone (“Irgacure® 369” manufactured by BASF, wavelength 365 nm) Extinction coefficient of 7.9 × 10 3 )
(C ′)-2: Etanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (O-acetyloxime) (“Irgacure ( (Registered trademark) OXE02 ", extinction coefficient of wavelength 365 nm: 7.7 × 10 3 )
(C ′)-3: 1- [4- (phenylthio)-, 2- (O-benzoyloxime)] 1,2-octanedione) (“Irgacure® OXE01” manufactured by BASF, light absorption at 365 nm wavelength) Coefficient: 7.0 × 10 3 )
(C ′)-4: 2-Hydroxy-1- {4- [4- (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-propionyl) -benzyl] phenyl} -2-methyl-propan-1-one (manufactured by BASF “ Irgacure (registered trademark) 127 ", extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm: 1.1 × 10 2 )
(C) -1: Phenylglyoxylic acid methyl ester (“Irgacure (registered trademark) MBF” manufactured by BASF, absorption coefficient at wavelength 365 nm: 3.8 × 101)
・充填材
 (d)-1:シリカフィラー(溶融石英フィラー、平均粒子径8μm)
 ・カップリング剤
 (e)-1:3-メタクリロキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン(信越化学工業社製「KBM-503」、シランカップリング剤)
Filler (d) -1: Silica filler (fused quartz filler, average particle size 8 μm)
Coupling agent (e) -1: 3-methacryloxypropyltrimethoxysilane (“KBM-503” manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., silane coupling agent)
・着色剤
 (g)-1:フタロシアニン系青色色素(Pigment Blue 15:3)32質量部と、イソインドリノン系黄色色素(Pigment Yellow 139)18質量部と、アントラキノン系赤色色素(Pigment Red 177)50質量部とを混合し、前記3種の色素の合計量/スチレンアクリル樹脂量=1/3(質量比)となるように顔料化して得られた顔料。
Colorant (g) -1: 32 parts by mass of phthalocyanine blue pigment (Pigment Blue 15: 3), 18 parts by mass of isoindolinone yellow pigment (Pigment Yellow 139), and anthraquinone red pigment (Pigment Red 177) A pigment obtained by mixing 50 parts by mass and pigmenting the mixture so that the total amount of the three kinds of dyes / the amount of styrene acrylic resin = 1/3 (mass ratio).
[実施例1]
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造>
(保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)の製造)
 エネルギー線硬化性成分(a2)-1、重合体(b)-1、光ラジカル開始剤(c’)-1、光ラジカル開始剤(c’)-2、充填材(d)-1、カップリング剤(e)-1及び着色剤(g)-1を、これらの含有量(固形分量、質量部)が表1に示す値となるようにメチルエチルケトンに溶解又は分散させて、23℃で撹拌することで、固形分濃度が50質量%である保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)を調製した。なお、表1中の含有成分の欄の「-」との記載は、保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)がその成分を含有していないことを意味する。
[Example 1]
<Manufacture of composite sheet for forming protective film>
(Production of protective film-forming composition (IV-1))
Energy ray curable component (a2) -1, polymer (b) -1, photo radical initiator (c ')-1, photo radical initiator (c')-2, filler (d) -1, cup The ring agent (e) -1 and the colorant (g) -1 were dissolved or dispersed in methyl ethyl ketone so that their contents (solid content, parts by mass) were as shown in Table 1, and stirred at 23 ° C. Thus, a protective film-forming composition (IV-1) having a solid content concentration of 50% by mass was prepared. In addition, the description of “-” in the column of the contained component in Table 1 means that the protective film-forming composition (IV-1) does not contain the component.
(粘着剤組成物(I-4)の製造)
 アクリル系重合体(100質量部、固形分)、及び3官能キシリレンジイソシアネート系架橋剤(三井武田ケミカル社製「タケネートD110N」)(10.7質量部、固形分)を含有し、さらに溶媒としてメチルエチルケトンを含有する、固形分濃度が30質量%の非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤組成物(I-4)を調製した。前記アクリル系重合体は、アクリル酸-2-エチルヘキシル(以下、「2EHA」と略記する)(36質量部)、BA(59質量部)、及びHEA(5質量部)を共重合してなる、重量平均分子量が600000のものである。
(Production of pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4))
Contains an acrylic polymer (100 parts by mass, solid content) and a trifunctional xylylene diisocyanate-based crosslinking agent (“Takenate D110N” manufactured by Takeda Chemical Co., Ltd.) (10.7 parts by mass, solid content), and further as a solvent A non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) containing methyl ethyl ketone and having a solid content concentration of 30% by mass was prepared. The acrylic polymer is obtained by copolymerizing 2-ethylhexyl acrylate (hereinafter abbreviated as “2EHA”) (36 parts by mass), BA (59 parts by mass), and HEA (5 parts by mass). The weight average molecular weight is 600,000.
(支持シートの製造)
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm。以下、「P1」と表す場合がある。)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた粘着剤組成物(I-4)を塗工し、120℃で2分加熱乾燥させることにより、厚さ10μmの非エネルギー線硬化性の粘着剤層を形成した。
 次いで、この粘着剤層の露出面に、基材としてポリプロピレン系フィルム(ヤング率400MPa、厚さ80μm。以下「S1」と表す場合がある。)を貼り合せることにより、前記基材の一方の表面上に前記粘着剤層を備えた支持シート(10)-1を得た。
(Manufacture of support sheet)
On the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Corporation, thickness 38 μm, hereinafter sometimes referred to as “P1”) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment, The pressure-sensitive adhesive composition (I-4) obtained in (1) was applied and dried by heating at 120 ° C. for 2 minutes to form a non-energy ray-curable pressure-sensitive adhesive layer having a thickness of 10 μm.
Subsequently, a polypropylene film (Young's modulus: 400 MPa, thickness: 80 μm, hereinafter sometimes referred to as “S1”) is bonded to the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer as a base material, thereby one surface of the base material. A support sheet (10) -1 having the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer thereon was obtained.
(保護膜形成用複合シートの製造)
 ポリエチレンテレフタレート製フィルムの片面がシリコーン処理により剥離処理された剥離フィルム(リンテック社製「SP-PET381031」、厚さ38μm、P1)の前記剥離処理面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用組成物(IV-1)をナイフコーターにより塗工し、100℃で2分乾燥させることにより、厚さ25μmのエネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1を作製した。
(Manufacture of composite sheet for protective film formation)
A protective film-forming composition obtained as described above is formed on the release-treated surface of a release film (“SP-PET 381031” manufactured by Lintec Corporation, thickness 38 μm, P1) obtained by releasing one side of a polyethylene terephthalate film by silicone treatment. (IV-1) was applied with a knife coater and dried at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes to prepare an energy ray-curable protective film-forming film (13) -1 having a thickness of 25 μm.
 次いで、上記で得られた支持シート(10)-1の粘着剤層から剥離フィルムを取り除き、この粘着剤層の露出面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1の露出面を貼り合わせて、基材、粘着剤層、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1及び剥離フィルムが、これらの厚さ方向においてこの順に積層されてなる保護膜形成用複合シートを作製した。得られた保護膜形成用複合シートの構成を表2に示す。 Next, the release film is removed from the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer of the support sheet (10) -1 obtained above, and the protective film-forming film (13) -1 obtained above is exposed on the exposed surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer. The surfaces were bonded together to prepare a composite sheet for forming a protective film, in which a base material, an adhesive layer, a protective film-forming film (13) -1 and a release film were laminated in this order in the thickness direction. Table 2 shows the structure of the obtained protective sheet-forming composite sheet.
 (ダイシング適性の評価)
 6インチシリコンウエハ(厚さ350μm)の#2000研磨面に、上記で得られた保護膜形成用複合シートをその保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1によって貼付し、さらにこのシートをリングフレームに固定した。
 次いで、ダイシングブレードを用いて、シリコンウエハを保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1ごとダイシングして個片化し、5mm×5mmのシリコンチップを得た。
(Evaluation of dicing suitability)
The protective film-forming composite sheet obtained above is attached to the # 2000 polished surface of a 6-inch silicon wafer (thickness 350 μm) with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and this sheet is further attached to the ring frame. Fixed.
Next, using a dicing blade, the silicon wafer was diced together with the protective film-forming film (13) -1 and separated into individual pieces to obtain silicon chips of 5 mm × 5 mm.
(ピックアップ適性の評価)
 次いで、紫外線照射装置(リンテック社製「RAD2000m/8」)を用いて、照度195mW/cm、光量170mJ/cmの条件で、支持シート(10)-1側から保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1に紫外線を照射することで、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1を硬化させ、保護膜とした。
 次いで、ダイボンダー(キャノンマシナリー社製「BESTEM-D02」)を用いて、任意の15個の保護膜付きシリコンチップを1ピンで突き上げてピックアップした。このとき、シリコンチップの割れ及び欠けの有無を目視で確認し、割れ及び欠けが全くなかった場合を「A」と判定し、割れ又は欠けが僅かでもあった場合を「B」と判定し、ピックアップ適性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。表2中の「チップの割れ・欠けの抑制」の欄の記載が該当する結果である。
(Evaluation of pickup suitability)
Next, a protective film-forming film (13) is formed from the support sheet (10) -1 side under the conditions of an illuminance of 195 mW / cm 2 and a light amount of 170 mJ / cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device (“RAD2000m / 8” manufactured by Lintec Corporation). ) -1 was irradiated with ultraviolet rays to cure the protective film-forming film (13) -1 to obtain a protective film.
Next, using a die bonder (“BESTEM-D02” manufactured by Canon Machinery Co., Ltd.), any 15 silicon chips with a protective film were picked up with one pin and picked up. At this time, the presence or absence of cracks and chips of the silicon chip is visually confirmed, the case where there are no cracks and chips is determined as “A”, and the case where there are slight cracks or chips is determined as “B”. Pickup suitability was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2. The description in the column of “Suppression of chip cracks / chips” in Table 2 is the corresponding result.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造及び評価>
[実施例2]
 光ラジカル開始剤として(c’)-1を用い、添加量を0.6質量部にした以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-2を作製した。更に、これを用いて保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、その特性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Manufacture and evaluation of composite sheet for protective film formation>
[Example 2]
A protective film-forming film (13) -2 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c ′)-1 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造及び評価>
[実施例3]
 光ラジカル開始剤として(c’)-2を用い、添加量を0.6質量部にした以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-3を作製した。更に、これを用いて保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、その特性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Manufacture and evaluation of composite sheet for protective film formation>
[Example 3]
A protective film-forming film (13) -3 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c ′)-2 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造及び評価>
[実施例4]
 光ラジカル開始剤として(c’)-3を用い、添加量を0.6質量部にした以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-4を作製した。更に、これを用いて保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、その特性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Manufacture and evaluation of composite sheet for protective film formation>
[Example 4]
A protective film-forming film (13) -4 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c ′)-3 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造及び評価>
[実施例5]
 光ラジカル開始剤として(c’)-4を用い、添加量を0.6質量部にした以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-5を作製した。更に、これを用いて保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、その特性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Manufacture and evaluation of composite sheet for protective film formation>
[Example 5]
A protective film-forming film (13) -5 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c ′)-4 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
<保護膜形成用複合シートの製造及び評価>
[比較例1]
 光ラジカル開始剤として(c)-1を用い、添加量を0.6質量部にした以外は、実施例1と同じ方法で、保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-6を作製した。更に、これを用いて保護膜形成用複合シートを製造し、その特性を評価した。結果を表2に示す。
<Manufacture and evaluation of composite sheet for protective film formation>
[Comparative Example 1]
A protective film-forming film (13) -6 was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that (c) -1 was used as a photoradical initiator and the addition amount was 0.6 parts by mass. Furthermore, the composite sheet for protective film formation was manufactured using this, and the characteristic was evaluated. The results are shown in Table 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000002
 上記結果から明らかなように、実施例1~4の保護膜形成用フィルム(13)-1~(13)-5を用いた場合、ピックアップ時のチップの割れや欠けは見られなかった。一方、比較例1の保護膜形成保護フィルム(13)-6を用いた場合、ピックアップ時のチップの割れや欠けは見られた。 As is clear from the above results, when the protective film-forming films (13) -1 to (13) -5 of Examples 1 to 4 were used, no chip cracking or chipping during pickup was observed. On the other hand, when the protective film-forming protective film (13) -6 of Comparative Example 1 was used, chip cracking and chipping during pickup were observed.
 上記結果から、光ラジカル開始剤(c’)-1~(c’)-4を用いた場合には、酸素阻害による保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化不良が起こらず、(c)-1の光重合開始剤を用いた場合には、酸素阻害による保護膜形成用フィルムの硬化不良が生じたと考えられる。このことから、波長365nmの吸光係数が4×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤の使用が有効と考えられる。 From the above results, when the photo radical initiators (c ′)-1 to (c ′)-4 were used, no curing failure of the protective film-forming film due to oxygen inhibition occurred, and the light of (c) -1 When a polymerization initiator is used, it is considered that defective curing of the protective film-forming film due to oxygen inhibition occurred. From this, it is considered effective to use a photoradical initiator having an extinction coefficient at a wavelength of 365 nm of 4 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more.
 本発明は、半導体装置の製造に利用可能である。 The present invention can be used for manufacturing semiconductor devices.
1A,1B,1C,1D,1E・・・保護膜形成用複合シート、
1F・・・保護膜形成用シート、
10・・・支持シート、
10a・・・支持シートの表面、
11・・・基材、
11a・・・基材の表面、
12・・・粘着剤層、
12a・・・粘着剤層の表面、
13,23・・・保護膜形成用フィルム、
13a,23a・・・保護膜形成用フィルムの表面、
15・・・剥離フィルム、
16・・・治具用接着剤層、
16a・・・治具用接着剤層
1A, 1B, 1C, 1D, 1E ... Composite sheet for forming a protective film,
1F ... protective film forming sheet,
10 ... support sheet,
10a ... the surface of the support sheet,
11 ... base material,
11a ... surface of the substrate,
12 ... adhesive layer,
12a: the surface of the pressure-sensitive adhesive layer,
13, 23 ... protective film-forming film,
13a, 23a ... surface of the protective film-forming film,
15 ... release film,
16 ... Adhesive layer for jigs,
16a: adhesive layer for jig

Claims (4)

  1.  エネルギー線硬化性の保護膜形成用フィルムであって、
     前記保護膜形成用フィルムにおいて、波長365nmの吸光係数が4.0×10ml/(g・cm)以上の光ラジカル開始剤を含む、保護膜形成用フィルム。
    An energy ray-curable protective film-forming film,
    In the protective film forming film, the absorption coefficient of wavelength 365nm comprises 4.0 × 10 1 ml / (g · cm) or more photoradical initiators, protective film formation film.
  2.  前記光ラジカル開始剤は、1分子内に芳香環を3個以上有する水素引き抜き型光ラジカル開始剤である、請求項1に記載の保護膜形成用フィルム。 The film for protective film formation according to claim 1, wherein the photo radical initiator is a hydrogen abstraction type photo radical initiator having three or more aromatic rings in one molecule.
  3.  前記光ラジカル開始剤は、1分子内に光分解性の基を2個以上有する光ラジカル開始剤である、請求項1または2に記載の保護膜形成用フィルム。 The protective film-forming film according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the photoradical initiator is a photoradical initiator having two or more photodegradable groups in one molecule.
  4.  請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の保護膜形成用フィルムを支持シート上に備えてなる、保護膜形成用複合シート。 A composite sheet for forming a protective film, comprising the protective film-forming film according to any one of claims 1 to 3 on a support sheet.
PCT/JP2017/016257 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Film for forming protective coating and composite sheet for forming protective coating WO2017188199A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018514594A JP7170534B2 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
CN201780023956.5A CN109072009A (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Protective film formation film and protective film formation composite sheet
KR1020187028258A KR102399678B1 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 A film for forming a protective film and a composite sheet for forming a protective film

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016092011 2016-04-28
JP2016-092011 2016-04-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2017188199A1 true WO2017188199A1 (en) 2017-11-02

Family

ID=60160441

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2017/016257 WO2017188199A1 (en) 2016-04-28 2017-04-25 Film for forming protective coating and composite sheet for forming protective coating

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7170534B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102399678B1 (en)
CN (1) CN109072009A (en)
TW (1) TWI803461B (en)
WO (1) WO2017188199A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108734156A (en) * 2018-07-27 2018-11-02 星科金朋半导体(江阴)有限公司 A kind of packaging method and its encapsulating structure of ultra-thin fingerprint recognition chip
JPWO2020116275A1 (en) * 2018-12-05 2021-10-21 リンテック株式会社 Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102545898B1 (en) * 2018-03-30 2023-06-20 린텍 가부시키가이샤 Composite sheet for forming protective film and manufacturing method thereof
JP7412915B2 (en) * 2019-07-30 2024-01-15 東京応化工業株式会社 Protective film forming agent and semiconductor chip manufacturing method

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09316114A (en) * 1996-05-29 1997-12-09 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Photopolymerizable composition and acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive
JP2010031183A (en) * 2008-07-30 2010-02-12 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Energy ray hardening type chip protecting film
WO2010092804A1 (en) * 2009-02-12 2010-08-19 住友ベークライト株式会社 Semiconductor protection film-forming film with dicing sheet, method for manufacturing semiconductor device using same, and semiconductor device
WO2012029249A1 (en) * 2010-09-01 2012-03-08 株式会社カネカ Composition for use as material of electrical or electronic parts, and cured product thereof
JP2012144669A (en) * 2011-01-14 2012-08-02 Seiko Epson Corp Photocurable inkjet ink composition, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter
JP2013120839A (en) * 2011-12-07 2013-06-17 Lintec Corp Dicing sheet with protective film forming layer and method for fabricating semiconductor chip

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS5144433B1 (en) 1970-02-02 1976-11-29
CN103797567B (en) * 2011-09-30 2018-05-11 琳得科株式会社 Manufacture method with the cambial cutting diaphragm of protective film and chip
JPWO2014155756A1 (en) * 2013-03-26 2017-02-16 リンテック株式会社 Adhesive sheet, composite sheet for forming protective film, and method for producing chip with protective film
US10030174B2 (en) * 2013-03-27 2018-07-24 Lintec Corporation Composite sheet for forming protective film
EP3085750A4 (en) * 2013-12-17 2017-07-26 Nissan Chemical Industries, Ltd. Composition for forming protective film for transparent conductive film
JP6391329B2 (en) * 2014-07-03 2018-09-19 リンテック株式会社 Composite sheet for protective film formation
JPWO2016035821A1 (en) * 2014-09-05 2017-08-03 日立化成株式会社 Temporary fixing resin composition, temporary fixing resin film, temporary fixing resin film sheet, and semiconductor wafer processing method

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH09316114A (en) * 1996-05-29 1997-12-09 Sekisui Chem Co Ltd Photopolymerizable composition and acrylic pressure-sensitive adhesive
JP2010031183A (en) * 2008-07-30 2010-02-12 Furukawa Electric Co Ltd:The Energy ray hardening type chip protecting film
WO2010092804A1 (en) * 2009-02-12 2010-08-19 住友ベークライト株式会社 Semiconductor protection film-forming film with dicing sheet, method for manufacturing semiconductor device using same, and semiconductor device
WO2012029249A1 (en) * 2010-09-01 2012-03-08 株式会社カネカ Composition for use as material of electrical or electronic parts, and cured product thereof
JP2012144669A (en) * 2011-01-14 2012-08-02 Seiko Epson Corp Photocurable inkjet ink composition, inkjet recording method, and recorded matter
JP2013120839A (en) * 2011-12-07 2013-06-17 Lintec Corp Dicing sheet with protective film forming layer and method for fabricating semiconductor chip

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108734156A (en) * 2018-07-27 2018-11-02 星科金朋半导体(江阴)有限公司 A kind of packaging method and its encapsulating structure of ultra-thin fingerprint recognition chip
CN108734156B (en) * 2018-07-27 2023-08-15 星科金朋半导体(江阴)有限公司 Packaging method and packaging structure of ultrathin fingerprint identification chip
JPWO2020116275A1 (en) * 2018-12-05 2021-10-21 リンテック株式会社 Manufacturing method of composite sheet for forming protective film and semiconductor chip
JP7292308B2 (en) 2018-12-05 2023-06-16 リンテック株式会社 COMPOSITE SHEET FOR PROTECTIVE FILM FORMATION AND METHOD FOR MANUFACTURING SEMICONDUCTOR CHIP

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JPWO2017188199A1 (en) 2019-03-07
JP7170534B2 (en) 2022-11-14
TWI803461B (en) 2023-06-01
CN109072009A (en) 2018-12-21
TW201806980A (en) 2018-03-01
KR20190003481A (en) 2019-01-09
KR102399678B1 (en) 2022-05-18

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2017188216A1 (en) Film for forming protective coat and composite sheet for forming protective coat
JP6902530B2 (en) A method for manufacturing a composite sheet for forming a protective film and a semiconductor chip with a protective film, and a method for manufacturing a semiconductor device.
JP6854811B2 (en) Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
JP7170534B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP7071916B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP6956074B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP6963024B2 (en) Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
WO2017188231A1 (en) Film for forming protective coat and composite sheet for forming protective coat
JPWO2019082966A1 (en) Method for manufacturing protective film forming film, protective film forming composite sheet, and semiconductor chip
JP6438173B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
JP6929835B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film
JP6837057B2 (en) Manufacturing method of semiconductor chip with protective film and manufacturing method of semiconductor device
JP6938476B2 (en) Protective film forming film and protective film forming composite sheet
TWI796297B (en) Composite sheet for forming protective film
WO2017188202A1 (en) Film for forming protective film, and composite sheet for forming protective film
JP6938477B2 (en) Composite sheet for forming a protective film

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2018514594

Country of ref document: JP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20187028258

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 17789481

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 17789481

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1